1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 /// Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TreeTransform.h"
16 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
26 #include "clang/Basic/AlignedAllocation.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
41 using namespace clang;
44 /// Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
47 /// name of the corresponding type.
48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
49 SourceLocation NameLoc,
50 IdentifierInfo &Name) {
51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
55 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
63 // typename type for it.
64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
66 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
77 // final identifier in the qualified-id.
78 return CreateParsedType(Type,
79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
82 ParsedType Sema::getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II,
83 SourceLocation NameLoc,
84 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
85 bool EnteringContext) {
86 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = getCurrentClass(S, &SS);
87 assert(CurClass && &II == CurClass->getIdentifier() &&
88 "not a constructor name");
90 // When naming a constructor as a member of a dependent context (eg, in a
91 // friend declaration or an inherited constructor declaration), form an
92 // unresolved "typename" type.
93 if (CurClass->isDependentContext() && !EnteringContext && SS.getScopeRep()) {
94 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, SS.getScopeRep(), &II);
95 return ParsedType::make(T);
98 if (SS.isNotEmpty() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, CurClass))
101 // Find the injected-class-name declaration. Note that we make no attempt to
102 // diagnose cases where the injected-class-name is shadowed: the only
103 // declaration that can validly shadow the injected-class-name is a
104 // non-static data member, and if the class contains both a non-static data
105 // member and a constructor then it is ill-formed (we check that in
106 // CheckCompletedCXXClass).
107 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = nullptr;
108 for (NamedDecl *ND : CurClass->lookup(&II)) {
109 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
110 if (RD && RD->isInjectedClassName()) {
111 InjectedClassName = RD;
115 if (!InjectedClassName) {
116 if (!CurClass->isInvalidDecl()) {
117 // FIXME: RequireCompleteDeclContext doesn't check dependent contexts
118 // properly. Work around it here for now.
119 Diag(SS.getLastQualifierNameLoc(),
120 diag::err_incomplete_nested_name_spec) << CurClass << SS.getRange();
125 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName);
126 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(InjectedClassName, NameLoc);
127 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(NameLoc, InjectedClassName, /*OdrUse=*/false);
129 return ParsedType::make(T);
132 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
134 SourceLocation NameLoc,
135 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
136 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
137 bool EnteringContext) {
138 // Determine where to perform name lookup.
140 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
141 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
142 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
143 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
144 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
145 // this appears to be ill-formed:
148 // template <typename T> struct S {
153 // void f(N::S<int>* s) {
154 // s->N::S<int>::~S();
157 // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
158 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
159 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
161 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
162 bool isDependent = false;
163 bool LookInScope = false;
168 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
169 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
170 // we know what type we're looking for.
172 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
175 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
177 bool AlreadySearched = false;
178 bool LookAtPrefix = true;
179 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
180 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
181 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
182 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
184 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
186 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
188 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
189 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
190 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
191 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
192 AlreadySearched = true;
195 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
196 LookAtPrefix = false;
200 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
201 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
202 if (AlreadySearched) {
203 // Nothing left to do.
204 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
205 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
206 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
207 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
208 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
209 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
210 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
211 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
213 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
214 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
216 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
217 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
218 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
219 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
220 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
221 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
222 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
224 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
225 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
226 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
227 "Caller should have completed object type");
231 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
235 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
236 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
237 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
238 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
239 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
240 // we're allowed to look there).
242 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) {
243 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, LookupCtx))
245 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
246 } else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) {
247 LookupName(Found, S);
252 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
253 if (Found.isAmbiguous())
256 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
257 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
258 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
260 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
261 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
262 // We found our type!
264 return CreateParsedType(T,
265 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
268 if (!SearchType.isNull())
269 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
272 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
273 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
274 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
275 // this is the destructor for that class.
276 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
277 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
278 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
279 QualType MemberOfType;
281 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
282 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
283 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
284 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
287 if (MemberOfType.isNull())
288 MemberOfType = SearchType;
290 if (MemberOfType.isNull())
293 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
294 // class template we found is the same as the template being
295 // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
296 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
297 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
298 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
299 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
300 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
301 return CreateParsedType(
303 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
309 // We're referring to an unresolved class template
310 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
311 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
312 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
313 // has the same name.
314 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
315 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
316 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
318 // The class template we found is the same template being
320 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
321 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
322 return CreateParsedType(
324 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
329 // The class template we found has the same name as the
330 // (dependent) template name being specialized.
331 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
332 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
333 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
334 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
335 return CreateParsedType(
337 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
346 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
349 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
350 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
351 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
353 return ParsedType::make(T);
356 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
357 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
358 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
360 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
362 } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
363 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
366 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
367 diag::err_destructor_class_name);
369 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
370 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
371 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
372 Class->getNameAsString());
379 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS,
380 ParsedType ObjectType) {
381 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error)
384 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto) {
385 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_decltype_auto_invalid);
389 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype &&
390 "unexpected type in getDestructorType");
391 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
393 // If we know the type of the object, check that the correct destructor
394 // type was named now; we can give better diagnostics this way.
395 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
396 if (!SearchType.isNull() && !SearchType->isDependentType() &&
397 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
398 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
403 return ParsedType::make(T);
406 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
407 const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
408 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
413 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
414 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
415 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
416 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
417 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
418 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
419 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
420 // case where the scope is dependent.
421 Diag(Name.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
425 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
426 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
427 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
428 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
432 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
435 /// Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
436 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
437 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
438 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
439 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
440 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
441 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
442 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
443 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
444 // type, the class shall be completely-defined.
447 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
449 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
450 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
453 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
454 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
456 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
457 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
460 /// Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
461 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
462 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
464 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
465 bool WasEvaluated = false;
466 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
467 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
468 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
469 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
473 QualType T = E->getType();
474 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
475 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
476 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
477 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
478 // shall be completely-defined.
479 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
482 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
483 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
484 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
486 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
487 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
488 // and recheck the subexpression.
489 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
490 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
493 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
494 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
499 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
500 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
501 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
502 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
505 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
506 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
508 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
512 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
513 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
515 else if (!inTemplateInstantiation() &&
516 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
517 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
518 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
519 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
520 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
521 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
524 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
525 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
528 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
530 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
531 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
532 // typeid is not supported in OpenCL.
533 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
534 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported)
538 // Find the std::type_info type.
539 if (!getStdNamespace())
540 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
542 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
543 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
544 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
545 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
546 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
547 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
548 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
549 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
550 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
551 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
553 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
554 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
557 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
558 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
561 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
564 // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
565 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
566 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
572 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
574 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
577 // The operand is an expression.
578 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
581 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to
584 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT,
585 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) {
586 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
587 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();
588 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
589 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
590 else if (QT->isArrayType())
591 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
593 const auto *TD = Ty->getAsTagDecl();
597 if (const auto *Uuid = TD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) {
598 UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid);
602 // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments.
603 if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(TD)) {
604 const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
605 for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) {
606 const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr;
607 if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
608 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs);
609 else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
610 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs);
613 UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA);
618 /// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
619 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
620 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
621 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
622 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
624 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
625 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
626 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs);
627 if (UuidAttrs.empty())
628 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
629 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
630 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
631 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
634 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr,
635 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
638 /// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
639 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
640 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
642 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
644 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
645 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
646 UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000";
648 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
649 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs);
650 if (UuidAttrs.empty())
651 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
652 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
653 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
654 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
658 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr,
659 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
662 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
664 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
665 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
666 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
668 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
669 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
670 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
671 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
673 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
676 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
679 // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
680 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
681 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
687 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
689 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
692 // The operand is an expression.
693 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
696 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
698 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
699 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
700 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
702 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
705 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
707 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
708 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
711 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
713 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
714 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
716 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
717 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
718 // copy/move construction of a class object [...]
720 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
721 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
722 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
723 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
724 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
725 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
727 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
728 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
729 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
730 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
731 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
732 IsThrownVarInScope = true;
737 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
738 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
746 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
749 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
750 bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
751 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
752 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
753 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc) && !getLangOpts().CUDA) {
754 // Delay error emission for the OpenMP device code.
755 targetDiag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
758 // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code.
759 if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
760 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions)
761 << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget();
763 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
764 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
766 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
767 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
768 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
771 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out
772 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
774 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
775 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
776 // copy/move construction of a class object [...]
778 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
779 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
781 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
782 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
783 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
784 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
786 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
787 if (IsThrownVarInScope)
788 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, CES_Strict);
790 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
791 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
792 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
793 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
794 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
801 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
805 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
806 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
807 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
808 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
809 bool ParentIsPublic) {
810 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
811 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
813 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are
814 // always distinct subobjects.
816 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
821 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
823 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
824 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
826 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
828 // Recurse on to each base subobject.
829 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
834 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
835 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
836 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
837 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
838 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
839 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
840 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
841 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
842 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
844 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
845 // Skip ambiguous objects.
846 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
849 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
853 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
854 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
855 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
856 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
857 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
858 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
859 bool isPointer = false;
860 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
861 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
864 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
865 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
866 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
867 : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
868 E->getSourceRange()))
871 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
872 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
876 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
877 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
881 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
882 // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
883 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
885 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
889 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
890 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
891 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
892 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
893 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
894 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
895 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
900 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
901 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
902 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
903 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
904 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
905 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
906 // inaccessible are not catchable types.
907 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
908 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
910 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
911 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery
912 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
913 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform
914 // lookup and overload resolution.
915 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
919 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
920 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
922 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
923 // in the catchable type data.
927 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
928 // type to this constructor.
929 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
930 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
931 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
932 // friendship or any other means).
933 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
935 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
936 // we must rebuild them here.
937 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
938 if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)))
944 // Under the Itanium C++ ABI, memory for the exception object is allocated by
945 // the runtime with no ability for the compiler to request additional
946 // alignment. Warn if the exception type requires alignment beyond the minimum
947 // guaranteed by the target C++ runtime.
948 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isItaniumFamily()) {
949 CharUnits TypeAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
950 CharUnits ExnObjAlign = Context.getExnObjectAlignment();
951 if (ExnObjAlign < TypeAlign) {
952 Diag(ThrowLoc, diag::warn_throw_underaligned_obj);
953 Diag(ThrowLoc, diag::note_throw_underaligned_obj)
954 << Ty << (unsigned)TypeAlign.getQuantity()
955 << (unsigned)ExnObjAlign.getQuantity();
962 static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(
963 ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy,
964 DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) {
966 QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
967 LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr;
968 DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext;
970 // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to
971 // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since
972 // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object.
973 // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its
974 // member function. We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate
975 // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this'
976 // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that
977 // capturing lamdbda's call operator.
980 // Since the FunctionScopeInfo stack is representative of the lexical
981 // nesting of the lambda expressions during initial parsing (and is the best
982 // place for querying information about captures about lambdas that are
983 // partially processed) and perhaps during instantiation of function templates
984 // that contain lambda expressions that need to be transformed BUT not
985 // necessarily during instantiation of a nested generic lambda's function call
986 // operator (which might even be instantiated at the end of the TU) - at which
987 // time the DeclContext tree is mature enough to query capture information
988 // reliably - we use a two pronged approach to walk through all the lexically
989 // enclosing lambda expressions:
991 // 1) Climb down the FunctionScopeInfo stack as long as each item represents
992 // a Lambda (i.e. LambdaScopeInfo) AND each LSI's 'closure-type' is lexically
993 // enclosed by the call-operator of the LSI below it on the stack (while
994 // tracking the enclosing DC for step 2 if needed). Note the topmost LSI on
995 // the stack represents the innermost lambda.
997 // 2) If we run out of enclosing LSI's, check if the enclosing DeclContext
998 // represents a lambda's call operator. If it does, we must be instantiating
999 // a generic lambda's call operator (represented by the Current LSI, and
1000 // should be the only scenario where an inconsistency between the LSI and the
1001 // DeclContext should occur), so climb out the DeclContexts if they
1002 // represent lambdas, while querying the corresponding closure types
1003 // regarding capture information.
1005 // 1) Climb down the function scope info stack.
1006 for (int I = FunctionScopes.size();
1007 I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]) &&
1008 (!CurLSI || !CurLSI->Lambda || CurLSI->Lambda->getDeclContext() ==
1009 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I])->CallOperator);
1010 CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) {
1011 CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
1013 if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured())
1016 auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture();
1018 if (C.isCopyCapture()) {
1019 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
1020 if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst())
1021 ClassType.addConst();
1022 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
1026 // 2) We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can
1027 // happen during instantiation of its nested generic lambda call operator)
1028 if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) {
1029 assert(CurLSI && "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic "
1030 "lambda, we must have a corresponding LambdaScopeInfo");
1031 assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator) &&
1032 "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we "
1033 "run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a "
1034 "lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic "
1035 "lambda call oeprator");
1036 assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator));
1038 auto IsThisCaptured =
1039 [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) {
1042 for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) {
1043 if (C.capturesThis()) {
1044 if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis)
1046 if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst())
1054 bool IsByCopyCapture = false;
1055 bool IsConstCapture = false;
1056 CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent());
1058 IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) {
1059 if (IsByCopyCapture) {
1060 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
1062 ClassType.addConst();
1063 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
1065 Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent())
1066 ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent())
1070 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
1073 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
1074 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1075 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
1077 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
1078 if (method && method->isInstance())
1079 ThisTy = method->getThisType();
1082 if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) &&
1083 inTemplateInstantiation()) {
1085 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) &&
1086 "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?");
1088 // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default
1089 // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover
1090 // the 'this' type from it.
1092 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC));
1093 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
1094 // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
1095 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
1098 // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this'
1099 // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's
1100 // captures '*this' by copy.
1101 if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext))
1102 return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy,
1103 CurContext, Context);
1107 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
1109 Qualifiers CXXThisTypeQuals,
1111 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
1113 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
1116 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1117 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
1118 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
1120 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
1122 QualType T = S.Context.getRecordType(Record);
1123 T = S.getASTContext().getQualifiedType(T, CXXThisTypeQuals);
1125 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = S.Context.getPointerType(T);
1127 this->Enabled = true;
1131 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
1133 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
1137 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit,
1138 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt,
1139 const bool ByCopy) {
1140 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
1141 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
1144 assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value");
1146 const int MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
1147 ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
1148 : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
1150 // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this')
1151 // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at
1152 // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack.
1154 // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a
1155 // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation:
1157 // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference
1160 // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes
1161 // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if:
1162 // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object*
1163 // - or, 'L' has an implicit capture.
1165 // -- there is no enclosing closure
1166 // -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the
1167 // *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E'
1168 // and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*.
1169 // -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the
1170 // *enclosing object*
1173 unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0;
1174 for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx >= 0; idx--) {
1175 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
1176 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
1177 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
1178 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
1179 CSI->Captures[CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex - 1].markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose);
1182 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
1183 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
1184 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1185 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1186 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1187 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1190 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
1191 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
1192 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
1193 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
1194 (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) {
1195 // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first
1196 // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures,
1197 // if any, must perform implicit captures.
1199 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
1200 NumCapturingClosures++;
1203 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1204 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1205 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1206 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1211 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
1213 // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the
1214 // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it
1215 // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures).
1217 // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting
1218 // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for
1219 // all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be
1220 // implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop
1223 dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&
1224 "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "
1226 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1227 for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
1228 --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
1229 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
1231 // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by
1233 QualType CaptureType = ThisTy;
1235 // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore
1236 // any cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for
1237 // the type of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use
1239 CaptureType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
1240 CaptureType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
1243 bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1;
1244 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, CaptureType, ByCopy);
1249 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
1250 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
1251 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
1252 /// which the function is called.
1254 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1255 if (ThisTy.isNull())
1256 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
1257 return BuildCXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*IsImplicit=*/false);
1260 Expr *Sema::BuildCXXThisExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type,
1262 auto *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, Type, IsImplicit);
1263 MarkThisReferenced(This);
1267 void Sema::MarkThisReferenced(CXXThisExpr *This) {
1268 CheckCXXThisCapture(This->getExprLoc());
1271 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
1272 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
1274 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
1277 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
1279 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1280 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
1283 /// Parse construction of a specified type.
1284 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
1285 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
1286 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
1288 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
1289 SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
1291 SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
1292 bool ListInitialization) {
1296 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1297 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
1299 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
1301 auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenOrBraceLoc, exprs,
1302 RParenOrBraceLoc, ListInitialization);
1303 // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos.
1304 // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without
1305 // checking for embedded typos.
1306 if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() &&
1307 !Result.get()->isTypeDependent())
1308 Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get());
1313 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1314 SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
1316 SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
1317 bool ListInitialization) {
1318 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
1319 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
1321 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
1322 // FIXME: CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr does not model list-initialization
1323 // directly. We work around this by dropping the locations of the braces.
1324 SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
1326 : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
1327 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, Locs.getBegin(),
1328 Exprs, Locs.getEnd());
1331 assert((!ListInitialization ||
1332 (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) &&
1333 "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
1334 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
1336 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
1337 InitializationKind Kind =
1339 ? ListInitialization
1340 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
1341 TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc)
1342 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
1344 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
1347 // C++1z [expr.type.conv]p1:
1348 // If the type is a placeholder for a deduced class type, [...perform class
1349 // template argument deduction...]
1350 DeducedType *Deduced = Ty->getContainedDeducedType();
1351 if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
1352 Ty = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TInfo, Entity,
1356 Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo, Ty);
1359 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
1360 // If the expression list is a parenthesized single expression, the type
1361 // conversion expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in
1362 // meaning) to the corresponding cast expression.
1363 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization &&
1364 !isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])) {
1365 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
1366 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, Ty, LParenOrBraceLoc, Arg,
1370 // For an expression of the form T(), T shall not be an array type.
1371 QualType ElemTy = Ty;
1372 if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
1373 if (!ListInitialization)
1374 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_array_type)
1376 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
1379 // There doesn't seem to be an explicit rule against this but sanity demands
1380 // we only construct objects with object types.
1381 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
1382 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_init_for_function_type)
1383 << Ty << FullRange);
1385 // C++17 [expr.type.conv]p2:
1386 // If the type is cv void and the initializer is (), the expression is a
1387 // prvalue of the specified type that performs no initialization.
1388 if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
1389 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
1390 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
1393 // Otherwise, the expression is a prvalue of the specified type whose
1394 // result object is direct-initialized (11.6) with the initializer.
1395 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1396 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1398 if (Result.isInvalid())
1401 Expr *Inner = Result.get();
1402 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
1403 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
1404 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner) &&
1405 !isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(Inner)) {
1406 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
1407 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
1408 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
1410 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
1411 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
1412 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
1413 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
1414 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
1415 SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
1417 : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
1418 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
1419 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(Ty), TInfo, CK_NoOp,
1420 Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, Locs.getBegin(), Locs.getEnd());
1426 bool Sema::isUsualDeallocationFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
1427 // [CUDA] Ignore this function, if we can't call it.
1428 const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
1429 if (getLangOpts().CUDA &&
1430 IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Method) <= CFP_WrongSide)
1433 SmallVector<const FunctionDecl*, 4> PreventedBy;
1434 bool Result = Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(PreventedBy);
1436 if (Result || !getLangOpts().CUDA || PreventedBy.empty())
1439 // In case of CUDA, return true if none of the 1-argument deallocator
1440 // functions are actually callable.
1441 return llvm::none_of(PreventedBy, [&](const FunctionDecl *FD) {
1442 assert(FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
1443 "Only single-operand functions should be in PreventedBy");
1444 return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD) >= CFP_HostDevice;
1448 /// Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1449 /// deallocation function.
1450 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
1451 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1452 return S.isUsualDeallocationFunction(Method);
1454 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
1455 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
1458 unsigned UsualParams = 1;
1460 if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
1461 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1462 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
1463 S.Context.getSizeType()))
1466 if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
1467 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1468 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
1469 S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT())))
1472 return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams();
1476 struct UsualDeallocFnInfo {
1477 UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {}
1478 UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found)
1479 : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())),
1480 Destroying(false), HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false),
1481 CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) {
1482 // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function.
1485 unsigned NumBaseParams = 1;
1486 if (FD->isDestroyingOperatorDelete()) {
1491 if (NumBaseParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
1492 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1493 FD->getParamDecl(NumBaseParams)->getType(),
1494 S.Context.getSizeType())) {
1499 if (NumBaseParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
1500 FD->getParamDecl(NumBaseParams)->getType()->isAlignValT()) {
1502 HasAlignValT = true;
1505 // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this.
1506 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA)
1507 if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
1508 CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD);
1511 explicit operator bool() const { return FD; }
1513 bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize,
1514 bool WantAlign) const {
1516 // A destroying operator delete is preferred over a non-destroying
1518 if (Destroying != Other.Destroying)
1521 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
1522 // If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter
1523 // of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without
1524 // such a parameter is preferred
1525 if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT)
1526 return HasAlignValT == WantAlign;
1528 if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT)
1529 return HasSizeT == WantSize;
1531 // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker.
1532 return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref;
1535 DeclAccessPair Found;
1537 bool Destroying, HasSizeT, HasAlignValT;
1538 Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref;
1542 /// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when
1543 /// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee
1544 /// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is
1546 static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) {
1547 return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
1548 S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) >
1549 S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
1552 /// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of
1553 /// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope).
1554 static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload(
1555 Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign,
1556 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) {
1557 UsualDeallocFnInfo Best;
1559 for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1560 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair());
1561 if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) ||
1562 Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never)
1568 BestFns->push_back(Info);
1572 if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign))
1575 // If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred
1576 // functions are eliminated from further consideration.
1577 if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign))
1582 BestFns->push_back(Info);
1588 /// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call
1589 /// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that
1590 /// we need to store the array size (even if the type is
1591 /// trivially-destructible).
1592 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
1593 QualType allocType) {
1594 const RecordType *record =
1595 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
1596 if (!record) return false;
1598 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
1600 DeclarationName deleteName =
1601 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
1602 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1603 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
1605 // We're just doing this for information.
1606 ops.suppressDiagnostics();
1608 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
1609 if (ops.empty()) return false;
1611 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
1612 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
1613 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
1615 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
1616 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
1617 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
1618 auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload(
1619 S, ops, /*WantSize*/false,
1620 /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType));
1621 return Best && Best.HasSizeT;
1624 /// Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
1627 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
1629 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
1631 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
1632 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
1633 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
1634 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
1635 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
1636 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
1637 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
1638 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
1639 /// if there is none.
1641 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
1642 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1643 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1644 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
1645 Optional<Expr *> ArraySize;
1646 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
1647 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
1648 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
1649 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
1650 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec())
1651 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
1652 << D.getSourceRange());
1653 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
1654 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
1655 << D.getSourceRange());
1656 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts && !Initializer)
1657 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
1658 << D.getSourceRange());
1660 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
1661 D.DropFirstTypeObject();
1664 // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
1666 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
1667 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
1670 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
1671 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
1672 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
1673 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1674 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
1675 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
1676 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
1677 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
1678 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1679 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
1681 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
1686 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
1687 diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
1697 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
1698 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
1699 if (D.isInvalidType())
1702 SourceRange DirectInitRange;
1703 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
1704 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
1706 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getEndLoc()), UseGlobal,
1707 PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs, PlacementRParen,
1708 TypeIdParens, AllocType, TInfo, ArraySize, DirectInitRange,
1712 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
1716 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
1717 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
1718 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
1720 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
1721 return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
1722 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
1723 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
1724 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
1725 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
1732 Sema::isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(const FunctionDecl &FD) const {
1733 if (!getLangOpts().AlignedAllocationUnavailable)
1737 bool IsAligned = false;
1738 if (FD.isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&IsAligned) && IsAligned)
1743 // Emit a diagnostic if an aligned allocation/deallocation function that is not
1744 // implemented in the standard library is selected.
1745 void Sema::diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD,
1746 SourceLocation Loc) {
1747 if (isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(FD)) {
1748 const llvm::Triple &T = getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple();
1749 StringRef OSName = AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling(
1750 getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName());
1752 OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD.getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator();
1753 bool IsDelete = Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete;
1754 Diag(Loc, diag::err_aligned_allocation_unavailable)
1755 << IsDelete << FD.getType().getAsString() << OSName
1756 << alignedAllocMinVersion(T.getOS()).getAsString();
1757 Diag(Loc, diag::note_silence_aligned_allocation_unavailable);
1762 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
1763 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
1764 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1765 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
1766 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1768 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
1769 Optional<Expr *> ArraySize,
1770 SourceRange DirectInitRange,
1771 Expr *Initializer) {
1772 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
1773 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
1775 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
1776 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
1777 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
1778 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
1779 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
1780 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
1782 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
1783 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
1784 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
1785 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
1788 Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
1789 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
1790 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1791 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
1792 Inits = List->getExprs();
1793 NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
1796 // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
1797 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1798 // object as follows:
1799 InitializationKind Kind
1800 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1801 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1802 // the object has indeterminate value
1803 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
1804 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
1805 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to
1807 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
1808 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
1809 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
1810 TypeRange.getBegin(), Initializer->getBeginLoc(),
1811 Initializer->getEndLoc())
1812 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
1813 DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
1814 DirectInitRange.getEnd());
1816 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
1817 auto *Deduced = AllocType->getContainedDeducedType();
1818 if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
1821 Diag(ArraySize ? (*ArraySize)->getExprLoc() : TypeRange.getBegin(),
1822 diag::err_deduced_class_template_compound_type)
1824 << (ArraySize ? (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange() : TypeRange));
1826 InitializedEntity Entity
1827 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType);
1828 AllocType = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(
1829 AllocTypeInfo, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1830 if (AllocType.isNull())
1832 } else if (Deduced) {
1833 bool Braced = (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit);
1834 if (NumInits == 1) {
1835 if (auto p = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])) {
1836 Inits = p->getInits();
1837 NumInits = p->getNumInits();
1842 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
1843 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
1844 << AllocType << TypeRange);
1846 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
1847 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getBeginLoc(),
1848 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
1849 << AllocType << TypeRange);
1851 if (Braced && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17)
1852 Diag(Initializer->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_auto_new_list_init)
1853 << AllocType << TypeRange;
1854 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
1855 QualType DeducedType;
1856 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
1857 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
1858 << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
1859 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
1860 if (DeducedType.isNull())
1862 AllocType = DeducedType;
1865 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
1866 // typedef of an array type.
1868 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
1869 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
1870 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
1871 Context.getSizeType(),
1872 TypeRange.getEnd());
1873 AllocType = Array->getElementType();
1877 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
1880 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
1881 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
1882 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1883 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
1884 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
1885 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
1888 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
1890 if (ArraySize && *ArraySize &&
1891 (*ArraySize)->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
1892 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(*ArraySize);
1893 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1894 ArraySize = result.get();
1896 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
1897 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
1898 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
1899 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
1900 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
1901 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
1903 llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize;
1904 if (ArraySize && *ArraySize && !(*ArraySize)->isTypeDependent()) {
1905 ExprResult ConvertedSize;
1906 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1907 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1909 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(*ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
1912 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
1913 (*ArraySize)->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
1914 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
1915 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
1916 << (*ArraySize)->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
1918 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1923 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
1924 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
1925 ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
1927 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1928 QualType T) override {
1929 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
1930 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
1933 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
1934 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1935 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
1936 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1939 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1940 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
1941 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
1944 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
1945 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1946 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1947 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1950 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
1951 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1952 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
1955 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
1956 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1957 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1958 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1961 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1963 QualType ConvTy) override {
1965 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
1966 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
1967 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
1968 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1970 } SizeDiagnoser(*ArraySize);
1972 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, *ArraySize,
1975 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
1978 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
1979 QualType SizeType = (*ArraySize)->getType();
1981 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
1984 // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
1985 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
1986 // with a non-negative value.
1988 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand,
1989 // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an
1990 // unparenthesized array type.
1991 if (!(*ArraySize)->isValueDependent()) {
1993 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
1994 // unscoped enumeration type.
1995 // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to
1996 // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in
1997 // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here!
1998 if ((*ArraySize)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
1999 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
2000 return ExprError(Diag((*ArraySize)->getBeginLoc(),
2001 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
2002 << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange());
2005 if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
2006 unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
2007 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
2008 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context))
2010 Diag((*ArraySize)->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large)
2011 << Value.toString(10) << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange());
2014 KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue();
2015 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
2016 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
2017 Diag((*ArraySize)->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
2018 << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange()
2019 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
2020 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
2022 TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
2026 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can
2027 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
2030 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
2031 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2032 unsigned Alignment =
2033 AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType);
2034 unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
2035 bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
2036 Alignment > NewAlignment;
2038 AllocationFunctionScope Scope = UseGlobal ? AFS_Global : AFS_Both;
2039 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
2040 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
2041 FindAllocationFunctions(
2042 StartLoc, SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), Scope, Scope,
2043 AllocType, ArraySize.hasValue(), PassAlignment, PlacementArgs,
2044 OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
2047 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
2048 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
2049 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
2050 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
2051 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
2052 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
2054 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
2056 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2057 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2058 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
2059 : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2061 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
2062 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
2063 // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the
2064 // alignment; we've already filled it in.
2065 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto,
2066 PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs,
2067 AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
2070 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
2071 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
2073 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
2074 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);
2076 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
2078 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned)
2079 // global operator new.
2080 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment &&
2081 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
2082 (OperatorNew->getBeginLoc().isValid() &&
2083 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getBeginLoc())))) {
2084 if (Alignment > NewAlignment)
2085 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
2087 << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth())
2088 << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth());
2092 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
2093 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
2094 // dialect distinction.
2095 if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
2096 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getBeginLoc(),
2097 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getEndLoc());
2098 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
2102 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
2104 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
2105 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
2106 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
2107 // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound.
2110 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
2111 AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()),
2113 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
2116 Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
2118 InitType = AllocType;
2120 InitializedEntity Entity
2121 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
2122 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind,
2123 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
2124 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
2125 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
2126 if (FullInit.isInvalid())
2129 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
2130 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
2131 // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place.
2132 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
2133 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
2134 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
2136 Initializer = FullInit.get();
2138 // FIXME: If we have a KnownArraySize, check that the array bound of the
2139 // initializer is no greater than that constant value.
2141 if (ArraySize && !*ArraySize) {
2142 auto *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Initializer->getType());
2144 // FIXME: Track that the array size was inferred rather than explicitly
2146 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(
2147 Context, CAT->getSize(), Context.getSizeType(), TypeRange.getEnd());
2149 Diag(TypeRange.getEnd(), diag::err_new_array_size_unknown_from_init)
2150 << Initializer->getSourceRange();
2155 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
2157 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
2159 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
2161 if (OperatorDelete) {
2162 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
2164 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
2167 return CXXNewExpr::Create(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete,
2168 PassAlignment, UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
2169 PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, ArraySize, initStyle,
2170 Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, Range,
2174 /// Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
2175 /// in a new-expression.
2176 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
2178 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
2179 // abstract class type or array thereof.
2180 if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
2181 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
2182 << AllocType << 0 << R;
2183 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
2184 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
2185 << AllocType << 1 << R;
2186 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
2187 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
2189 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
2190 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
2192 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
2193 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
2195 else if (AllocType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
2196 !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
2197 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
2198 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType()
2199 << AllocType.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue();
2200 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
2201 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
2202 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
2203 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
2204 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
2205 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
2213 static bool resolveAllocationOverload(
2214 Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args,
2215 bool &PassAlignment, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
2216 OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates, Expr *AlignArg, bool Diagnose) {
2217 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
2218 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
2219 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2220 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2221 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
2222 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
2223 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2225 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2226 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
2227 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
2229 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2233 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2234 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
2235 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2238 // Do the resolution.
2239 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2240 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
2243 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
2244 if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(),
2245 Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible)
2252 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2253 // C++17 [expr.new]p13:
2254 // If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has
2255 // new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the
2256 // argument list, and overload resolution is performed again.
2257 if (PassAlignment) {
2258 PassAlignment = false;
2260 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
2261 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
2262 Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg,
2266 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
2267 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not
2268 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
2269 // will not replicate that bug.
2270 // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback
2271 // once MSVC implements it.
2272 if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New &&
2273 S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
2275 R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New));
2276 S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2277 // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions.
2278 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
2279 Operator, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
2280 /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose);
2284 PartialDiagnosticAt PD(R.getNameLoc(), S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2285 << R.getLookupName() << Range);
2287 // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates
2288 // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from
2290 if (AlignedCandidates) {
2291 auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) {
2292 return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 &&
2293 C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT();
2295 auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); };
2297 // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates
2299 Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg);
2300 AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(PD, S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "",
2301 R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned);
2302 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
2303 Candidates.NoteCandidates(PD, S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(),
2306 Candidates.NoteCandidates(PD, S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2313 Candidates.NoteCandidates(
2314 PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(),
2315 S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
2316 << R.getLookupName() << Range),
2317 S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
2323 Candidates.NoteCandidates(
2324 PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(),
2325 S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
2326 << R.getLookupName() << Range),
2327 S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2332 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
2335 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
2336 AllocationFunctionScope NewScope,
2337 AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope,
2338 QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
2339 bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
2340 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
2341 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete,
2343 // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
2344 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
2345 // 1) If looking in AFS_Global scope for allocation functions, only look in
2346 // the global scope. Else, if AFS_Class, only look in the scope of the
2347 // allocated class. If AFS_Both, look in both.
2348 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
2350 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
2353 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs;
2354 AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size());
2356 // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments.
2357 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
2358 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
2359 // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if.
2360 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
2361 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
2362 Context.getSizeType(),
2364 AllocArgs.push_back(&Size);
2366 QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy;
2367 if (PassAlignment) {
2368 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2369 AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT());
2371 CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation());
2373 AllocArgs.push_back(&Align);
2375 AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end());
2377 // C++ [expr.new]p8:
2378 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
2379 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
2380 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
2381 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
2382 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
2383 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2384 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
2386 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
2388 // Find the allocation function.
2390 LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2392 // C++1z [expr.new]p9:
2393 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation
2394 // function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the
2395 // allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation
2396 // function's name is looked up in the scope of T.
2397 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && NewScope != AFS_Global)
2398 LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
2400 // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in
2401 // multiple base classes.
2402 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2405 // If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not
2406 // a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the
2409 if (NewScope == AFS_Class)
2412 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2415 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && R.empty()) {
2416 if (PlaceArgs.empty()) {
2417 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default new";
2419 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_placement_new);
2424 assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
2425 assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");
2427 // We do our own custom access checks below.
2428 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2430 if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment,
2431 OperatorNew, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
2432 /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose))
2436 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions.
2437 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
2438 OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2442 // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to
2443 // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload.
2444 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2445 OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New
2449 // C++ [expr.new]p19:
2451 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
2452 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
2453 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
2454 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
2455 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
2456 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
2457 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
2458 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2459 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && DeleteScope != AFS_Global) {
2461 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2462 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
2464 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
2465 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
2467 bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty();
2468 if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
2469 if (DeleteScope == AFS_Class)
2472 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2473 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2476 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
2478 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
2480 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
2481 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
2482 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like
2483 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
2486 // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function"
2487 // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose
2488 // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t).
2490 // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement?
2491 // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned
2492 // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete.
2493 bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 ||
2494 OperatorNew->isVariadic();
2496 if (isPlacementNew) {
2497 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2498 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
2499 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
2500 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
2501 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
2504 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
2505 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
2506 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
2507 QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
2509 const FunctionProtoType *Proto
2510 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2512 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
2513 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
2514 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
2515 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
2517 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2518 // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule.
2519 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
2521 ExpectedFunctionType
2522 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
2525 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2526 DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2528 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
2529 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl =
2530 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
2531 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
2532 // expected function type.
2533 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
2534 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
2538 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
2540 if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(),
2541 ExpectedFunctionType,
2542 /*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true),
2543 ExpectedFunctionType))
2544 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
2547 if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
2548 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2550 // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
2551 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
2552 // function lookup is used
2554 // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete
2555 // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete
2556 // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case).
2557 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns;
2558 UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload(
2559 *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete,
2560 /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType),
2563 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD));
2565 // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable
2567 for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns)
2568 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD));
2572 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2573 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
2574 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
2575 // deallocation function will be called.
2576 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2577 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
2579 // C++1z [expr.new]p23:
2580 // If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2)
2581 // with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered
2582 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been
2583 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
2585 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew &&
2586 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
2587 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this,
2588 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public));
2589 // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09:
2590 // If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding
2591 // non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized
2592 // deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter.
2593 bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT;
2594 if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) {
2595 auto NonSizedDelete =
2596 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false,
2597 /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT);
2598 if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT &&
2599 NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT)
2600 IsSizedDelete = false;
2603 if (IsSizedDelete) {
2604 SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty()
2606 : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getBeginLoc(),
2607 PlaceArgs.back()->getEndLoc());
2608 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R;
2609 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
2610 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2615 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
2617 } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
2618 // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we
2619 // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user.
2620 // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw.
2621 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found)
2622 << DeleteName << AllocElemType;
2624 for (auto &Match : Matches)
2625 Diag(Match.second->getLocation(),
2626 diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName;
2632 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
2633 /// delete. These are:
2636 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2637 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2638 /// void operator delete(void *) throw();
2639 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw();
2641 /// void* operator new(std::size_t);
2642 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2643 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2644 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2646 /// void* operator new(std::size_t);
2647 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2648 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2649 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2650 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2651 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2653 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
2654 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
2655 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
2656 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
2659 // The implicitly declared new and delete operators
2660 // are not supported in OpenCL.
2661 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
2664 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
2665 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
2666 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
2670 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2671 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2672 // void operator delete(void*) throw();
2673 // void operator delete[](void*) throw();
2675 // void* operator new(std::size_t);
2676 // void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2677 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2678 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2680 // void* operator new(std::size_t);
2681 // void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2682 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2683 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2684 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2685 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2687 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
2688 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
2690 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
2691 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
2692 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
2694 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2695 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
2697 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
2698 getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
2699 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2700 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
2702 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
2704 if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) {
2705 // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it
2707 auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create(
2708 Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2709 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true);
2710 AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType());
2711 AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType());
2712 AlignValT->setImplicit(true);
2713 StdAlignValT = AlignValT;
2716 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
2718 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2719 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
2721 auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind,
2722 QualType Return, QualType Param) {
2723 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params;
2724 Params.push_back(Param);
2726 // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned).
2727 bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation &&
2728 (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete);
2729 bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation;
2731 int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1);
2732 int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1);
2733 for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) {
2735 Params.push_back(SizeT);
2737 for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) {
2739 Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()));
2741 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2742 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params);
2750 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
2751 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
2752 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2753 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2756 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
2757 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
2758 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
2760 ArrayRef<QualType> Params) {
2761 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2763 // Check if this function is already declared.
2764 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
2765 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2766 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2767 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
2768 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
2769 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
2770 if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) {
2771 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams;
2772 for (auto *P : Func->parameters())
2773 FuncParams.push_back(
2774 Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType()));
2775 if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) {
2776 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
2777 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
2778 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
2779 Func->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
2786 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(
2787 /*IsVariadic=*/false, /*IsCXXMethod=*/false, /*IsBuiltin=*/true));
2789 QualType BadAllocType;
2790 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
2791 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
2792 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
2793 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
2794 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2795 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
2796 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
2797 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
2798 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
2802 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
2805 auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) {
2806 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI);
2807 FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create(
2808 Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name,
2809 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
2810 Alloc->setImplicit();
2811 // Global allocation functions should always be visible.
2812 Alloc->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
2814 Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(
2815 Context, LangOpts.GlobalAllocationFunctionVisibilityHidden
2816 ? VisibilityAttr::Hidden
2817 : VisibilityAttr::Default));
2819 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls;
2820 for (QualType T : Params) {
2821 ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(
2822 Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T,
2823 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr));
2824 ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit();
2826 Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls);
2828 Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr);
2829 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
2830 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
2834 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr);
2836 // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be
2837 // defined or re-declared independently.
2838 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
2839 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
2843 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2844 bool CanProvideSize,
2846 DeclarationName Name) {
2847 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2849 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2850 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2852 // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a
2853 // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We
2854 // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation
2855 // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case.
2856 auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize,
2858 assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?");
2862 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc,
2863 CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
2864 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
2866 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2867 if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete))
2870 return OperatorDelete;
2872 // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global
2873 // non-array delete.
2874 return FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
2875 Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)),
2879 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2880 DeclarationName Name,
2881 FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) {
2882 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2883 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
2884 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
2886 if (Found.isAmbiguous())
2889 Found.suppressDiagnostics();
2891 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD));
2893 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
2894 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
2895 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
2896 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches;
2897 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false,
2898 /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches);
2900 // If we could find an overload, use it.
2901 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2902 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD);
2904 // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl?
2905 if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
2907 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
2908 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
2913 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
2914 Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2920 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
2921 // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent
2922 // is that this should never happen.
2923 if (!Matches.empty()) {
2925 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2927 for (auto &Match : Matches)
2928 Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2933 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
2934 // none of them were suitable.
2935 if (!Found.empty()) {
2937 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2940 for (NamedDecl *D : Found)
2941 Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2942 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2952 /// Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
2953 /// initializing deletee have the same array form.
2954 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
2956 enum MismatchResult {
2957 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
2959 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2961 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2962 MemberInitMismatches,
2963 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
2964 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
2968 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
2969 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
2970 /// delete-expression was encountered.
2971 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
2972 : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
2973 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
2975 /// Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
2976 /// matching form of new-expression.
2978 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
2979 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
2980 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
2981 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
2982 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
2983 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
2984 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
2985 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
2986 /// Analyzes a class member.
2987 /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
2988 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
2989 /// for deleting the \p Field.
2990 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
2992 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
2993 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
2994 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
2999 /// Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
3000 bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
3001 /// Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
3002 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
3003 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
3004 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
3005 /// Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
3006 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
3008 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
3009 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
3010 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
3012 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
3013 /// Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
3016 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
3017 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
3018 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
3019 /// \param D Variable to analyze.
3020 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
3021 /// Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
3024 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
3025 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
3026 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
3027 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
3028 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
3029 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3030 /// Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
3031 /// \c new in member initializer list.
3032 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
3033 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
3034 /// in-class initializer.
3035 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
3039 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
3040 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
3042 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
3043 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
3044 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3045 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
3046 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
3047 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3048 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
3049 return VarInitMismatches;
3055 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
3056 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
3057 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3058 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
3059 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
3060 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
3063 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
3066 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
3067 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
3068 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
3069 if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
3070 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
3071 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
3074 NewExprs.push_back(NE);
3079 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
3080 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
3081 if (CD->isImplicit())
3083 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
3084 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
3085 HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
3088 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
3089 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
3095 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
3096 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
3097 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
3098 const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
3100 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
3101 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
3102 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
3103 NewExprs.push_back(NE);
3104 return MemberInitMismatches;
3110 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
3111 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
3112 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
3113 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
3114 this->Field = Field;
3115 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
3116 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
3117 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
3118 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
3121 if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
3122 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
3123 if (!NewExprs.empty())
3124 return MemberInitMismatches;
3125 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
3129 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
3130 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
3131 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
3132 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
3133 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
3137 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
3138 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
3139 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
3140 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
3141 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
3142 NewExprs.push_back(NE);
3145 return NewExprs.empty();
3149 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
3150 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
3151 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
3153 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
3154 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
3156 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
3157 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
3158 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
3159 if (RSquare.isValid())
3160 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
3162 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
3163 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
3165 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
3166 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
3167 << Detector.IsArrayForm;
3170 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
3171 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
3173 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
3174 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
3175 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
3176 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
3177 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getBeginLoc(), Detector);
3180 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
3181 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
3182 std::make_pair(DE->getBeginLoc(), DE->isArrayForm()));
3185 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
3190 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
3191 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
3192 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
3193 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
3194 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
3195 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
3196 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
3197 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
3198 "translation unit.");
3199 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
3200 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
3202 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
3207 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
3208 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
3210 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
3212 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3213 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
3214 // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
3215 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
3216 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
3219 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
3221 ExprResult Ex = ExE;
3222 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
3223 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
3224 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
3226 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
3227 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
3228 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
3232 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
3234 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
3236 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
3238 bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
3239 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
3241 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
3242 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
3247 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3248 QualType T) override {
3249 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
3252 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3253 QualType T) override {
3254 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
3257 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3259 QualType ConvTy) override {
3260 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
3263 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
3264 QualType ConvTy) override {
3265 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
3269 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3270 QualType T) override {
3271 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
3274 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
3275 QualType ConvTy) override {
3276 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
3280 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3282 QualType ConvTy) override {
3283 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
3287 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
3290 Type = Ex.get()->getType();
3291 if (!Converter.match(Type))
3292 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
3293 // itself in this case.
3296 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3297 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
3299 if (Pointee.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
3300 !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
3301 return Diag(Ex.get()->getBeginLoc(),
3302 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
3303 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType()
3304 << Pointee.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue();
3306 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
3307 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
3308 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
3309 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
3310 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
3311 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
3312 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
3313 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
3314 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
3315 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
3316 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
3317 // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a
3318 // module but is hidden.
3319 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
3320 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
3321 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
3322 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3326 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
3327 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
3328 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
3329 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
3333 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3334 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
3338 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
3342 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
3343 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
3345 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
3346 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
3348 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
3349 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
3351 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
3352 // function we just found.
3353 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
3354 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
3355 UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this,
3356 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public))
3360 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
3361 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
3362 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
3363 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
3364 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
3368 CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
3369 /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
3370 /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
3374 if (!OperatorDelete) {
3375 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
3376 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default delete";
3380 bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee);
3381 bool CanProvideSize =
3382 IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
3383 Pointee.isDestructedType());
3384 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee);
3386 // Look for a global declaration.
3387 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize,
3388 Overaligned, DeleteName);
3391 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
3393 // Check access and ambiguity of destructor if we're going to call it.
3394 // Note that this is required even for a virtual delete.
3395 bool IsVirtualDelete = false;
3397 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
3398 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
3399 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
3400 IsVirtualDelete = Dtor->isVirtual();
3404 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc);
3406 // Convert the operand to the type of the first parameter of operator
3407 // delete. This is only necessary if we selected a destroying operator
3408 // delete that we are going to call (non-virtually); converting to void*
3409 // is trivial and left to AST consumers to handle.
3410 QualType ParamType = OperatorDelete->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
3411 if (!IsVirtualDelete && !ParamType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3412 Qualifiers Qs = Pointee.getQualifiers();
3413 if (Qs.hasCVRQualifiers()) {
3414 // Qualifiers are irrelevant to this conversion; we're only looking
3415 // for access and ambiguity.
3416 Qs.removeCVRQualifiers();
3417 QualType Unqual = Context.getPointerType(
3418 Context.getQualifiedType(Pointee.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs));
3419 Ex = ImpCastExprToType(Ex.get(), Unqual, CK_NoOp);
3421 Ex = PerformImplicitConversion(Ex.get(), ParamType, AA_Passing);
3427 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
3428 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
3429 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
3430 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
3434 static bool resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
3436 FunctionDecl *&Operator) {
3438 DeclarationName NewName = S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3439 IsDelete ? OO_Delete : OO_New);
3441 LookupResult R(S, NewName, TheCall->getBeginLoc(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
3442 S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
3443 assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
3444 assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");
3446 // We do our own custom access checks below.
3447 R.suppressDiagnostics();
3449 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> Args(TheCall->arg_begin(), TheCall->arg_end());
3450 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
3451 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
3452 for (LookupResult::iterator FnOvl = R.begin(), FnOvlEnd = R.end();
3453 FnOvl != FnOvlEnd; ++FnOvl) {
3454 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
3455 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
3456 NamedDecl *D = (*FnOvl)->getUnderlyingDecl();
3458 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
3459 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, FnOvl.getPair(),
3460 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
3462 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
3466 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
3467 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, FnOvl.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
3468 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
3471 SourceRange Range = TheCall->getSourceRange();
3473 // Do the resolution.
3474 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
3475 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
3478 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
3479 assert(R.getNamingClass() == nullptr &&
3480 "class members should not be considered");
3482 if (!FnDecl->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
3483 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_builtin_operator_new_delete_not_usual)
3484 << (IsDelete ? 1 : 0) << Range;
3485 S.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_non_usual_function_declared_here)
3486 << R.getLookupName() << FnDecl->getSourceRange();
3494 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
3495 Candidates.NoteCandidates(
3496 PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(),
3497 S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
3498 << R.getLookupName() << Range),
3499 S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
3503 Candidates.NoteCandidates(
3504 PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(),
3505 S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
3506 << R.getLookupName() << Range),
3507 S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
3511 Candidates.NoteCandidates(
3512 PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(), S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
3513 << R.getLookupName() << Range),
3514 S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
3518 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
3522 Sema::SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
3524 CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
3525 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3526 Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
3527 << (IsDelete ? "__builtin_operator_delete" : "__builtin_operator_new")
3531 // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
3532 // so ensure that they are declared.
3533 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
3535 FunctionDecl *OperatorNewOrDelete = nullptr;
3536 if (resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(*this, TheCall, IsDelete,
3537 OperatorNewOrDelete))
3539 assert(OperatorNewOrDelete && "should be found");
3541 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNewOrDelete, TheCall->getExprLoc());
3542 MarkFunctionReferenced(TheCall->getExprLoc(), OperatorNewOrDelete);
3544 TheCall->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getReturnType());
3545 for (unsigned i = 0; i != TheCall->getNumArgs(); ++i) {
3546 QualType ParamTy = OperatorNewOrDelete->getParamDecl(i)->getType();
3547 InitializedEntity Entity =
3548 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ParamTy, false);
3549 ExprResult Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(
3550 Entity, TheCall->getArg(i)->getBeginLoc(), TheCall->getArg(i));
3551 if (Arg.isInvalid())
3553 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
3555 auto Callee = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(TheCall->getCallee());
3556 assert(Callee && Callee->getCastKind() == CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr &&
3557 "Callee expected to be implicit cast to a builtin function pointer");
3558 Callee->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getType());
3560 return TheCallResult;
3563 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
3564 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
3565 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
3566 SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
3567 if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual || isUnevaluatedContext())
3570 // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
3571 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
3572 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
3573 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
3574 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
3575 // behavior is undefined.
3577 const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
3578 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
3579 if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
3582 // If the superclass is in a system header, there's nothing that can be done.
3583 // The `delete` (where we emit the warning) can be in a system header,
3584 // what matters for this warning is where the deleted type is defined.
3585 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(PointeeRD->getLocation()))
3588 QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType()->getPointeeType();
3589 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
3590 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
3591 // sure the code has undefined behavior.
3592 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
3594 } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
3595 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
3596 // but not necessarily wrong.
3597 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
3601 std::string TypeStr;
3602 ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
3603 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
3604 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
3608 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
3609 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3612 CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK);
3614 return ConditionError();
3615 return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc),
3616 CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
3619 /// Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
3620 /// while, do-while, or switch statement.
3621 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
3622 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3624 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
3627 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
3629 // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
3630 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
3631 if (T->isFunctionType())
3632 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3633 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
3634 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
3635 else if (T->isArrayType())
3636 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3637 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
3638 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
3640 ExprResult Condition = BuildDeclRefExpr(
3641 ConditionVar, ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue,
3642 ConditionVar->getLocation());
3645 case ConditionKind::Boolean:
3646 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
3648 case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
3649 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true);
3651 case ConditionKind::Switch:
3652 return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
3655 llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind");
3658 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
3659 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) {
3661 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
3662 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
3663 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
3664 // program is ill-formed.
3665 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
3666 // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
3668 // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it.
3669 llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1);
3670 return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent())
3671 ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value,
3673 : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
3676 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
3677 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
3678 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
3681 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
3682 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
3683 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
3684 From = Cast->getSubExpr();
3686 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
3687 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
3688 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
3689 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
3690 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
3691 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
3692 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
3693 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3694 // This conversion is considered only when there is an
3695 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
3696 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
3697 switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
3698 case StringLiteral::UTF8:
3699 case StringLiteral::UTF16:
3700 case StringLiteral::UTF32:
3701 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
3703 case StringLiteral::Ascii:
3704 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
3705 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
3706 case StringLiteral::Wide:
3707 return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(),
3708 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0));
3716 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
3717 SourceLocation CastLoc,
3720 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
3721 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3722 bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3725 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
3726 case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
3727 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
3728 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3730 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
3731 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
3734 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
3737 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl,
3738 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty));
3739 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3742 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3743 CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
3744 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
3745 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3746 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3747 if (Result.isInvalid())
3750 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
3753 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
3754 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
3756 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
3757 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3760 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
3761 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
3762 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
3763 HadMultipleCandidates);
3764 if (Result.isInvalid())
3766 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
3767 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
3768 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
3769 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
3771 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
3776 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3777 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
3778 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
3779 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
3780 /// used in the error message.
3782 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3783 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
3784 AssignmentAction Action,
3785 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3786 // C++ [over.match.oper]p7: [...] operands of class type are converted [...]
3787 if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp && !From->getType()->isRecordType())
3790 switch (ICS.getKind()) {
3791 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
3792 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
3794 if (Res.isInvalid())
3800 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
3802 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
3804 QualType BeforeToType;
3805 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
3806 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
3807 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
3809 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
3810 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3811 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
3812 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
3814 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
3815 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
3816 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
3817 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3818 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
3819 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3820 // the type required by the argument of the constructor
3821 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3824 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
3825 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3827 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
3828 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
3830 if (Res.isInvalid())
3835 ExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(
3836 *this, From->getBeginLoc(), ToType.getNonReferenceType(), CastKind,
3837 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
3838 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, From);
3840 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3843 From = CastArg.get();
3845 // C++ [over.match.oper]p7:
3846 // [...] the second standard conversion sequence of a user-defined
3847 // conversion sequence is not applied.
3848 if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp)
3851 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
3852 AA_Converting, CCK);
3855 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
3856 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
3857 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
3858 << From->getSourceRange());
3861 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
3862 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
3864 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3866 DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType,
3867 From->getType(), From, Action);
3868 assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed;
3872 // Everything went well.
3876 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3877 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
3878 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
3879 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
3880 /// conversion, for use in error messages.
3882 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3883 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
3884 AssignmentAction Action,
3885 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3886 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
3888 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
3889 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
3890 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
3891 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
3892 QualType FromType = From->getType();
3894 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
3895 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
3896 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
3897 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
3898 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3899 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
3900 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
3903 return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3904 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3905 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3906 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3907 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3908 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3910 return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3911 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3912 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3913 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3914 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3915 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3918 // Resolve overloaded function references.
3919 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
3920 DeclAccessPair Found;
3921 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
3926 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getBeginLoc()))
3929 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
3930 FromType = From->getType();
3933 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
3935 QualType ToAtomicType;
3936 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3937 ToAtomicType = ToType;
3938 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
3941 QualType InitialFromType = FromType;
3942 // Perform the first implicit conversion.
3943 switch (SCS.First) {
3945 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3946 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
3947 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
3948 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
3952 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
3953 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
3954 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
3955 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
3956 From = FromRes.get();
3957 FromType = From->getType();
3961 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3962 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
3963 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
3964 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3967 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3968 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
3969 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
3970 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3974 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
3977 // Perform the second implicit conversion
3978 switch (SCS.Second) {
3980 // C++ [except.spec]p5:
3981 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
3982 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
3983 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
3984 // source value in the assignment or initialization.
3987 case AA_Initializing:
3988 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
3992 case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
3993 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3999 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
4000 // checked for exception specification mismatches.
4003 // Nothing else to do.
4006 case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
4007 case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
4008 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
4009 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
4010 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
4011 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
4012 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
4013 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4015 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
4016 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4020 case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
4021 case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
4022 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
4023 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4026 case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
4027 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
4028 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
4029 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
4031 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
4032 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
4033 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
4035 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
4036 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
4037 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
4039 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
4041 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
4042 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4046 case ICK_Floating_Integral:
4047 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
4048 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
4049 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4051 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
4052 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4055 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
4056 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
4057 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4060 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
4061 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
4062 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
4063 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
4064 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
4065 Diag(From->getBeginLoc(),
4066 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
4067 << ToType << From->getType() << Action << From->getSourceRange()
4070 Diag(From->getBeginLoc(),
4071 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
4072 << From->getType() << ToType << Action << From->getSourceRange()
4075 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
4076 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
4077 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
4078 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
4079 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
4081 if (Action == AA_Initializing)
4082 Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
4084 Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
4085 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
4086 << From->getSourceRange();
4090 CXXCastPath BasePath;
4091 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
4094 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
4095 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
4096 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
4097 ExprResult E = From;
4098 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
4101 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers())
4102 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
4103 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
4108 case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
4110 CXXCastPath BasePath;
4111 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
4113 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
4116 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
4117 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
4118 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
4119 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType());
4120 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType);
4123 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
4128 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
4129 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
4130 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
4131 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
4132 FromType = Context.FloatTy;
4135 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
4136 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
4137 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4140 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
4141 CXXCastPath BasePath;
4142 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(
4143 From->getType(), ToType.getNonReferenceType(), From->getBeginLoc(),
4144 From->getSourceRange(), &BasePath, CStyle))
4147 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
4148 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
4149 &BasePath, CCK).get();
4153 case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
4154 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
4155 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4158 case ICK_Vector_Splat: {
4159 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
4160 Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get();
4161 From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue,
4162 /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4166 case ICK_Complex_Real:
4167 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y
4168 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
4169 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
4170 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
4173 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
4175 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
4176 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
4177 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
4179 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
4180 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
4181 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
4184 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
4185 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
4186 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
4188 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y
4190 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
4191 assert(FromComplex);
4193 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
4194 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
4197 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
4198 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
4199 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
4200 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4203 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
4205 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4206 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
4207 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
4208 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4210 assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
4211 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
4212 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
4213 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4218 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
4220 ToType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
4222 FromType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
4223 assert(Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(AddrSpaceL, AddrSpaceR) &&
4226 AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
4227 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), Kind,
4228 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4232 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
4233 ExprResult FromRes = From;
4234 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
4235 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
4236 if (FromRes.isInvalid())
4238 From = FromRes.get();
4239 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
4240 "Improper transparent union conversion");
4245 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
4246 case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion:
4247 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
4248 CK_ZeroToOCLOpaqueType,
4249 From->getValueKind()).get();
4252 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
4253 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
4254 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
4255 case ICK_Function_Conversion:
4256 case ICK_Qualification:
4257 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
4258 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
4259 case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion:
4260 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
4263 switch (SCS.Third) {
4268 case ICK_Function_Conversion:
4269 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
4270 // be incompatible exception declarations.
4271 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
4274 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
4275 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
4278 case ICK_Qualification: {
4279 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
4280 // target type isn't a reference.
4282 ToType->isReferenceType() ? From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
4284 CastKind CK = CK_NoOp;
4286 if (ToType->isReferenceType() &&
4287 ToType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() !=
4288 From->getType().getAddressSpace())
4289 CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
4291 if (ToType->isPointerType() &&
4292 ToType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() !=
4293 From->getType()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace())
4294 CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
4296 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), CK, VK,
4297 /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
4300 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
4301 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
4302 Diag(From->getBeginLoc(),
4303 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
4304 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
4305 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
4306 << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
4313 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
4316 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
4317 // that conversion now.
4318 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
4319 assert(Context.hasSameType(
4320 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
4321 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
4322 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
4325 // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a
4326 // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain.
4328 diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType,
4329 From->getBeginLoc());
4334 /// Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
4336 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
4337 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
4338 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
4340 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
4343 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
4344 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
4345 // that template with a template argument that is a class template
4346 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
4347 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
4348 // must be a complete type.
4349 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
4350 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
4351 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
4353 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
4354 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
4355 case UTT_IsCompleteType:
4358 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
4359 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
4360 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
4361 // impacted by the completeness of the type.
4363 case UTT_IsIntegral:
4364 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
4367 case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
4368 case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
4369 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
4370 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
4374 case UTT_IsFunction:
4375 case UTT_IsReference:
4376 case UTT_IsArithmetic:
4377 case UTT_IsFundamental:
4380 case UTT_IsCompound:
4381 case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
4384 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
4385 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
4386 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
4387 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
4390 case UTT_IsVolatile:
4392 case UTT_IsUnsigned:
4394 // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot.
4395 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
4398 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4399 // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type.
4401 case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
4402 case UTT_IsAbstract:
4403 if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4405 return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4406 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4409 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4410 // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type.
4413 if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4414 return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4415 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4418 // C++1z [meta.unary.prop]:
4419 // remove_all_extents_t<T> shall be a complete type or cv void.
4420 case UTT_IsAggregate:
4422 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
4423 case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
4426 // Per the GCC type traits documentation, T shall be a complete type, cv void,
4427 // or an array of unknown bound. But GCC actually imposes the same constraints
4429 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
4430 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
4431 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4432 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
4433 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
4434 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
4435 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
4436 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
4437 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
4438 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
4439 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4440 ArgTy = QualType(ArgTy->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(), 0);
4443 // C++1z [meta.unary.prop]:
4444 // T shall be a complete type, cv void, or an array of unknown bound.
4445 case UTT_IsDestructible:
4446 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
4447 case UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible:
4448 case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
4449 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || ArgTy->isVoidType())
4452 return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4453 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4457 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
4458 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
4459 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
4460 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
4461 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
4463 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
4464 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
4467 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4468 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
4469 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
4470 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
4471 bool FoundOperator = false;
4472 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4473 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
4474 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
4475 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
4478 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
4479 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
4480 FoundOperator = true;
4481 const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
4482 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4483 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4484 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
4488 return FoundOperator;
4493 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
4494 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
4495 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4497 ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
4499 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
4500 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
4501 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
4503 return T->isVoidType();
4504 case UTT_IsIntegral:
4505 return T->isIntegralType(C);
4506 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
4507 return T->isFloatingType();
4509 return T->isArrayType();
4511 return T->isPointerType();
4512 case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
4513 return T->isLValueReferenceType();
4514 case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
4515 return T->isRValueReferenceType();
4516 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
4517 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
4518 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
4519 return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
4521 return T->isEnumeralType();
4523 return T->isUnionType();
4525 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
4526 case UTT_IsFunction:
4527 return T->isFunctionType();
4529 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
4530 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
4531 case UTT_IsReference:
4532 return T->isReferenceType();
4533 case UTT_IsArithmetic:
4534 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
4535 case UTT_IsFundamental:
4536 return T->isFundamentalType();
4538 return T->isObjectType();
4540 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
4541 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
4542 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
4543 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
4544 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
4545 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4546 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4547 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4550 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4551 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4552 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4557 return T->isScalarType();
4558 case UTT_IsCompound:
4559 return T->isCompoundType();
4560 case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
4561 return T->isMemberPointerType();
4563 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
4564 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
4566 return T.isConstQualified();
4567 case UTT_IsVolatile:
4568 return T.isVolatileQualified();
4570 return T.isTrivialType(C);
4571 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
4572 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
4573 case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
4574 return T->isStandardLayoutType();
4576 return T.isPODType(C);
4578 return T->isLiteralType(C);
4580 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4581 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
4583 case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
4584 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4585 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic();
4587 case UTT_IsAbstract:
4588 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4589 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract();
4591 case UTT_IsAggregate:
4592 // Report vector extensions and complex types as aggregates because they
4593 // support aggregate initialization. GCC mirrors this behavior for vectors
4594 // but not _Complex.
4595 return T->isAggregateType() || T->isVectorType() || T->isExtVectorType() ||
4596 T->isAnyComplexType();
4597 // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and
4598 // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax
4599 // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot.
4600 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
4604 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4605 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
4608 return T->isSignedIntegerType();
4609 case UTT_IsUnsigned:
4610 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
4612 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
4613 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
4614 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
4615 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
4618 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4619 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4621 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
4622 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
4623 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
4624 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
4625 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
4626 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
4627 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
4628 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4629 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
4630 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
4631 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
4634 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4635 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4636 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
4638 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
4639 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4640 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4641 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
4644 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4645 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
4647 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
4648 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4649 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
4650 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
4651 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
4652 // is true, else it is false.
4653 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4655 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4656 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4657 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
4659 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
4660 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4661 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
4662 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
4665 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4666 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
4668 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
4669 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4670 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4671 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
4672 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
4673 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
4674 // true, else it is false.
4675 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
4676 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
4677 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
4678 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
4679 // [class.copy]p12).
4681 if (T.isConstQualified())
4685 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4686 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
4687 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
4689 case UTT_IsDestructible:
4690 case UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible:
4691 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
4692 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4693 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
4694 if (T->isReferenceType())
4697 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4698 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4699 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4702 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4703 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
4705 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4708 // A type that requires destruction (via a non-trivial destructor or ARC
4709 // lifetime semantics) is not trivially-destructible.
4710 if (UTT == UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible && T.isDestructedType())
4713 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4714 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
4715 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
4716 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
4717 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4718 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
4721 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
4722 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
4723 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
4724 if (Destructor->isDeleted())
4726 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
4728 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
4729 const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
4730 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4731 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4732 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
4738 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
4739 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4740 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
4741 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
4742 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
4743 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
4745 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4748 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4749 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4750 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4753 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4754 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
4756 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
4757 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
4758 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4759 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4760 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
4761 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
4762 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
4763 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4765 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
4767 if (T->isReferenceType())
4769 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4772 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
4773 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4774 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
4775 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
4776 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
4778 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
4779 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4780 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4781 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
4785 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
4786 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4787 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
4788 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
4789 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
4791 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
4792 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4793 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
4794 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
4795 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4797 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4799 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4800 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4801 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
4804 bool FoundConstructor = false;
4806 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4807 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
4808 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
4809 // resolution point.
4810 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
4812 // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
4813 if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
4815 auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
4816 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
4817 FoundConstructor = true;
4818 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4819 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4820 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4823 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4824 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4825 if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
4830 return FoundConstructor;
4833 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4834 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4835 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
4836 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
4837 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
4838 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
4839 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4841 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4842 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4843 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
4846 bool FoundConstructor = false;
4847 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4848 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
4849 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
4851 // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
4852 if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
4854 auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
4855 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
4856 FoundConstructor = true;
4857 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4858 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4859 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4862 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4863 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4864 if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
4868 return FoundConstructor;
4871 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4872 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4873 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
4874 // then the trait is true, else it is false.
4875 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4876 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
4877 return Destructor->isVirtual();
4880 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
4881 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
4882 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4883 case UTT_IsCompleteType:
4884 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
4885 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
4887 return !T->isIncompleteType();
4888 case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
4889 return C.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(T);
4893 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4894 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
4896 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4897 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4898 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4899 if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
4900 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
4902 // Evaluate BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary alongside the IsConstructible
4903 // traits to avoid duplication.
4904 if (Kind <= BTT_Last && Kind != BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary)
4905 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
4906 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
4909 case clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary:
4910 case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
4911 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
4912 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
4913 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
4914 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
4916 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
4917 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
4918 // no operation that is not trivial.
4920 // The predicate condition for a template specialization
4921 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
4922 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
4925 // T t(create<Args>()...);
4926 assert(!Args.empty());
4928 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
4929 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
4931 for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
4932 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
4933 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4936 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
4937 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4941 // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type.
4942 QualType T = Args[0]->getType();
4943 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4946 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
4947 CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4948 if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
4951 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
4952 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
4953 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
4954 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4955 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
4956 if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType())
4957 ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy);
4958 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
4959 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
4960 ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
4961 Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy)));
4963 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
4964 ArgExprs.push_back(&E);
4966 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4967 // trap at translation unit scope.
4968 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
4969 S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
4970 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4971 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4972 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
4973 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
4975 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4979 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4980 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4983 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
4986 if (Kind == clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary) {
4987 if (!T->isReferenceType())
4990 return !Init.isDirectReferenceBinding();
4993 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
4994 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4996 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
4997 // Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial
4998 // Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
4999 if (T.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime())
5002 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
5004 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
5007 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
5010 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
5016 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
5017 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
5018 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5019 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
5021 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
5022 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
5025 bool Dependent = false;
5026 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
5027 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
5033 bool Result = false;
5035 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
5037 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
5041 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
5042 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
5043 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5044 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
5045 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
5047 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
5048 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5049 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
5051 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
5053 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
5056 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
5059 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
5060 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
5061 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
5062 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
5065 case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
5066 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
5067 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
5068 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
5069 // regard to cv-qualifiers.
5071 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
5072 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
5073 if (!rhsRecord || !lhsRecord) {
5074 const ObjCObjectType *LHSObjTy = LhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5075 const ObjCObjectType *RHSObjTy = RhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5076 if (!LHSObjTy || !RHSObjTy)
5079 ObjCInterfaceDecl *BaseInterface = LHSObjTy->getInterface();
5080 ObjCInterfaceDecl *DerivedInterface = RHSObjTy->getInterface();
5081 if (!BaseInterface || !DerivedInterface)
5084 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(
5085 KeyLoc, RhsT, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
5088 return BaseInterface->isSuperClassOf(DerivedInterface);
5091 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
5092 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
5094 // Unions are never base classes, and never have base classes.
5095 // It doesn't matter if they are complete or not. See PR#41843
5096 if (lhsRecord && lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion())
5098 if (rhsRecord && rhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion())
5101 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
5104 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
5105 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
5106 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
5108 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
5109 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
5112 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
5113 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
5116 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
5117 case BTT_TypeCompatible: {
5118 // GCC ignores cv-qualifiers on arrays for this builtin.
5119 Qualifiers LhsQuals, RhsQuals;
5120 QualType Lhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(LhsT, LhsQuals);
5121 QualType Rhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(RhsT, RhsQuals);
5122 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(Lhs, Rhs);
5124 case BTT_IsConvertible:
5125 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
5126 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
5127 // Given the following function prototype:
5129 // template <class T>
5130 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
5132 // the predicate condition for a template specialization
5133 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
5134 // the return expression in the following code would be
5135 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
5136 // type of the function:
5139 // return create<From>();
5142 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
5143 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
5144 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
5147 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
5148 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
5149 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
5151 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
5152 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
5155 // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
5156 if (RhsT->isVoidType())
5157 return LhsT->isVoidType();
5159 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
5160 if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT))
5163 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
5164 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
5165 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
5167 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
5168 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
5169 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
5170 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
5171 Expr *FromPtr = &From;
5172 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
5175 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
5176 // trap at translation unit scope.
5177 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
5178 Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
5179 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
5180 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
5181 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
5185 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
5186 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
5189 case BTT_IsAssignable:
5190 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
5191 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
5192 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
5193 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
5194 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
5195 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
5197 // is_assignable is defined as:
5198 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
5199 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
5201 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
5202 // void, or arrays of unknown bound.
5203 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
5204 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
5205 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
5207 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
5208 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
5209 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
5212 // cv void is never assignable.
5213 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
5216 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
5218 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
5219 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
5220 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
5221 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
5222 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
5223 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
5224 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
5225 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
5227 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
5228 // trap at translation unit scope.
5229 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
5230 Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
5231 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
5232 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
5233 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
5235 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
5238 if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable)
5241 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
5242 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
5244 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
5245 // Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial
5246 // Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
5247 if (LhsT.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime())
5250 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
5253 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
5256 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
5258 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
5261 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
5262 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5265 SourceLocation RParen) {
5266 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
5267 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
5269 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5271 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
5274 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
5275 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
5276 SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
5277 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
5281 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5283 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
5285 T = AT->getElementType();
5291 case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
5294 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
5295 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
5298 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
5299 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
5300 << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
5303 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
5305 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5307 bool Matched = false;
5308 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
5314 T = AT->getElementType();
5317 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
5318 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
5319 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
5325 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
5328 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
5329 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5330 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
5332 SourceLocation RParen) {
5333 QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
5335 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
5336 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
5338 if (!T->isDependentType())
5339 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
5341 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
5342 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
5343 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
5344 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
5345 // important distinction.
5346 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
5347 RParen, Context.getSizeType());
5350 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
5351 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5353 SourceLocation RParen) {
5354 // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
5358 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
5363 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
5365 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
5366 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
5368 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
5371 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
5372 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5374 SourceLocation RParen) {
5375 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
5376 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
5377 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
5378 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
5379 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5380 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
5383 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
5385 return new (Context)
5386 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
5389 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
5393 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
5394 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
5395 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
5397 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the
5398 // temporary materialization conversion otherwise.
5400 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
5401 else if (LHS.get()->isRValue())
5402 LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get());
5403 if (LHS.isInvalid())
5406 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
5407 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
5408 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
5410 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
5412 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
5413 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
5414 // class type) [...]
5415 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
5416 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
5418 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
5419 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5423 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
5425 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
5426 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
5427 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
5428 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
5429 // likely to be considered a defect.
5432 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
5433 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
5435 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
5437 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
5438 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5440 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
5441 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
5442 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
5447 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
5448 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
5449 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
5450 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
5454 if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) {
5455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
5456 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
5460 CXXCastPath BasePath;
5461 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(
5462 LHSType, Class, Loc,
5463 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(), RHS.get()->getEndLoc()),
5467 // Cast LHS to type of use.
5468 QualType UseType = Context.getQualifiedType(Class, LHSType.getQualifiers());
5470 UseType = Context.getPointerType(UseType);
5471 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5472 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
5476 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
5477 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
5478 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
5479 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
5484 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
5486 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
5487 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
5488 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5489 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
5491 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
5492 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
5493 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
5494 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
5495 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
5496 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
5497 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5498 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
5504 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) {
5505 // C++2a allows functions with ref-qualifier & if their cv-qualifier-seq
5506 // is (exactly) 'const'.
5507 if (Proto->isConst() && !Proto->isVolatile())
5508 Diag(Loc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a
5509 ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue
5510 : diag::ext_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue);
5512 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
5513 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5518 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
5519 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
5520 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5525 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
5526 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
5527 // to a data member is of the same value category as its
5528 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
5529 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
5530 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
5531 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
5532 if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
5534 return Context.BoundMemberTy;
5535 } else if (isIndirect) {
5538 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5544 /// Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
5546 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
5547 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
5548 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
5549 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
5551 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
5552 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
5553 bool &HaveConversion,
5555 HaveConversion = false;
5556 ToType = To->getType();
5558 InitializationKind Kind =
5559 InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation());
5561 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
5562 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
5564 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5565 // implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the
5566 // constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to
5568 // -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5569 // implicitly converted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
5570 // the constraint that the reference must bind directly.
5571 if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) {
5572 QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType)
5573 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType);
5575 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
5577 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5578 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
5580 HaveConversion = true;
5584 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5585 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5588 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
5589 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
5590 // the same or one is a base class of the other:
5591 QualType FTy = From->getType();
5592 QualType TTy = To->getType();
5593 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5594 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5595 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
5596 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy);
5597 if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT ||
5598 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) {
5599 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
5600 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
5602 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
5603 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
5604 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
5605 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5607 HaveConversion = true;
5611 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5612 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5619 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5620 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
5621 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
5624 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
5625 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
5626 TTy = TTy.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context);
5628 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
5629 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5630 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
5632 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5633 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5638 /// Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
5640 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
5641 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
5642 /// conversion to a common type.
5643 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
5644 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5645 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
5646 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
5647 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
5648 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
5651 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5652 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
5654 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
5655 ExprResult LHSRes = Self.PerformImplicitConversion(
5656 LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0],
5657 Sema::AA_Converting);
5658 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
5662 ExprResult RHSRes = Self.PerformImplicitConversion(
5663 RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1],
5664 Sema::AA_Converting);
5665 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
5669 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
5673 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5675 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
5676 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
5677 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
5678 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5681 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5682 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5683 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5687 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
5688 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5689 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5690 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
5691 // the viable candidates.
5695 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
5700 /// Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
5701 /// TryClassUnification.
5702 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
5703 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
5704 InitializationKind Kind =
5705 InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation());
5706 Expr *Arg = E.get();
5707 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
5708 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
5709 if (Result.isInvalid())
5716 /// Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
5718 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
5719 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
5720 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
5721 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
5723 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5724 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
5725 // interface pointers.
5727 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
5728 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
5730 // FIXME; GCC's vector extension permits the use of a?b:c where the type of
5731 // a is that of a integer vector with the same number of elements and
5732 // size as the vectors of b and c. If one of either b or c is a scalar
5733 // it is implicitly converted to match the type of the vector.
5734 // Otherwise the expression is ill-formed. If both b and c are scalars,
5735 // then b and c are checked and converted to the type of a if possible.
5736 // Unlike the OpenCL ?: operator, the expression is evaluated as
5737 // (a[0] != 0 ? b[0] : c[0], .. , a[n] != 0 ? b[n] : c[n]).
5738 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
5739 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
5740 if (CondRes.isInvalid())
5749 // Either of the arguments dependent?
5750 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
5751 return Context.DependentTy;
5753 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
5754 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
5755 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5756 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5757 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
5758 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
5759 if (LVoid || RVoid) {
5760 // ... one of the following shall hold:
5761 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
5762 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
5763 // and value category of the other.
5764 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5765 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5766 if (LThrow != RThrow) {
5767 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
5768 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
5769 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
5770 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
5771 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
5772 return NonThrow->getType();
5775 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
5776 // type void and is a prvalue.
5778 return Context.VoidTy;
5780 // Neither holds, error.
5781 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
5782 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
5783 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5789 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5790 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
5791 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
5792 // those operands to the type of the other.
5793 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5794 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5795 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
5796 QualType L2RType, R2LType;
5797 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
5798 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
5800 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
5803 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
5804 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
5805 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
5806 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5810 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
5811 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
5812 // original operands for the remainder of this section.
5814 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
5816 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5817 } else if (HaveR2L) {
5818 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
5820 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5824 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5825 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
5826 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
5827 // operands to the type of the other.
5829 // Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where
5830 // one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order
5831 // to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept.
5832 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5833 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
5834 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5835 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
5836 // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above.
5837 // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here?
5838 bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion;
5839 if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
5840 QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase,
5841 ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
5842 !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
5843 // [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind
5845 !RHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
5846 !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
5847 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
5848 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5849 } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
5850 QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase,
5851 ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
5852 !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
5853 !LHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
5854 !LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
5855 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
5856 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5860 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
5861 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
5862 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
5863 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
5864 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
5865 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
5867 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
5868 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
5869 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
5870 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
5871 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5872 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
5873 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
5876 // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
5877 // exception specifications, if any.
5878 if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
5879 Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers();
5880 LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
5881 /*ConvertArgs*/false);
5882 LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs);
5884 assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
5885 "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
5886 assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type");
5892 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
5893 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
5894 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
5895 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5896 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
5897 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
5898 // program is ill-formed.
5899 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
5903 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
5904 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
5905 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
5906 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
5907 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
5908 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5910 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5911 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5913 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
5914 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
5915 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
5916 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
5917 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
5918 // operand depending on the value of the first operand.
5919 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
5920 if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
5921 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
5922 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
5924 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5927 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
5930 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5933 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
5940 // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
5941 // exception specifications, if any.
5942 if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
5943 LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
5944 assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
5945 "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
5951 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
5952 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
5953 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
5954 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
5955 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
5957 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
5958 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
5959 // common type, and the result is of that type.
5960 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
5961 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
5962 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5964 if (ResTy.isNull()) {
5966 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy
5967 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5971 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
5972 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
5977 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
5978 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
5979 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
5980 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
5981 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
5983 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
5984 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
5985 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
5986 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
5987 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
5988 // operand. The result is of the common type.
5989 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
5990 if (!Composite.isNull())
5993 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
5994 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
5995 if (!Composite.isNull())
5998 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
5999 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
6002 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6003 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
6004 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6008 static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo
6009 mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1,
6010 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2,
6011 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) {
6012 ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type;
6013 ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type;
6015 // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result.
6016 if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1;
6017 if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2;
6018 if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1;
6019 if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2;
6020 if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI1;
6021 if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI2;
6023 // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other.
6024 if (EST1 == EST_NoThrow) return ESI2;
6025 if (EST2 == EST_NoThrow) return ESI1;
6026 if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2;
6027 if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1;
6028 if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2;
6029 if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1;
6030 if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI2;
6031 if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI1;
6033 // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're
6034 // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely,
6035 // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never
6036 // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite
6037 // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen.
6038 if (EST1 == EST_DependentNoexcept || EST2 == EST_DependentNoexcept) {
6039 assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
6040 "computing composite pointer type of dependent types");
6041 return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo();
6044 // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to
6045 // update this function.
6048 case EST_DynamicNone:
6050 case EST_BasicNoexcept:
6051 case EST_DependentNoexcept:
6052 case EST_NoexceptFalse:
6053 case EST_NoexceptTrue:
6055 llvm_unreachable("handled above");
6058 // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form
6059 // the union of the two lists.
6060 assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled");
6061 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found;
6062 for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions})
6063 for (QualType E : Exceptions)
6064 if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second)
6065 ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E);
6067 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic);
6068 Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage;
6072 case EST_Unevaluated:
6073 case EST_Uninstantiated:
6075 llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here");
6078 llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType");
6081 /// Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
6083 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
6084 /// and @p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this
6085 /// type and returns it.
6086 /// It does not emit diagnostics.
6088 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
6089 /// be converted to the composite pointer type.
6091 /// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type.
6092 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
6093 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
6095 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
6098 // The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1
6100 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
6102 // where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or
6103 // std::nullptr_t is:
6104 bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() ||
6105 T1->isNullPtrType();
6106 bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() ||
6107 T2->isNullPtrType();
6108 if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike)
6111 // - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t;
6112 // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this
6113 // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case.
6115 // - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively;
6116 if (T1IsPointerLike &&
6117 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
6119 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType()
6120 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
6121 : CK_NullToPointer).get();
6124 if (T2IsPointerLike &&
6125 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
6127 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType()
6128 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
6129 : CK_NullToPointer).get();
6133 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
6134 if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike)
6136 assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() &&
6137 "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant");
6139 // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is
6140 // "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is
6141 // the union of cv1 and cv2;
6142 // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is
6143 // "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same,
6144 // "pointer to function";
6145 // FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept
6146 // from a pointer to member function. As a Clang extension, we also
6147 // permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to;
6148 // - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or
6149 // "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified
6150 // by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied
6151 // before checking the following rules.
6152 // - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1
6153 // is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3),
6154 // the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1,
6156 // - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer
6157 // to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or
6158 // C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and
6159 // T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively;
6160 // - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and
6163 // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing.
6164 // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try
6165 // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two
6166 // composite types are the same, we have succeeded.
6167 // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
6169 // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer
6170 // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final
6171 // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally
6173 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion;
6174 SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass;
6175 QualType Composite1 = T1;
6176 QualType Composite2 = T2;
6177 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
6179 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
6180 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6181 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
6182 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
6183 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
6185 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
6186 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
6187 if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
6188 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
6190 QualifierUnion.push_back(
6191 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
6192 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
6196 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
6197 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
6198 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
6199 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
6200 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
6202 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
6203 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
6204 if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
6205 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
6207 QualifierUnion.push_back(
6208 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
6209 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
6210 MemPtr2->getClass()));
6214 // FIXME: block pointer types?
6216 // Cannot unwrap any more types.
6220 // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already
6221 // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than
6222 // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling
6223 // IsFunctionConversion.
6225 // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we
6226 // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would
6227 // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on
6228 // the side(s) where we changed anything.
6229 if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) {
6230 if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6231 if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6232 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo();
6233 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo();
6235 // The result is noreturn if both operands are.
6237 EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn();
6238 EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
6239 EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
6241 // The result is nothrow if both operands are.
6242 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage;
6243 EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec =
6244 mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec,
6245 ExceptionTypeStorage);
6247 Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(),
6248 FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1);
6249 Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(),
6250 FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2);
6255 if (NeedConstBefore) {
6256 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
6257 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
6258 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
6259 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I)
6260 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0)
6261 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
6264 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
6265 auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
6266 for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) {
6267 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR);
6268 auto Classes = *MOC++;
6269 if (Classes.first && Classes.second) {
6270 // Rebuild member pointer type
6271 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
6272 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first);
6273 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
6274 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second);
6276 // Rebuild pointer type
6278 Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
6280 Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
6288 InitializedEntity Entity;
6289 InitializationKind Kind;
6290 InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC;
6293 Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
6295 : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite),
6296 Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)),
6297 Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())),
6298 E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2),
6299 Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {}
6302 ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1);
6303 if (E1Result.isInvalid())
6305 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
6307 ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2);
6308 if (E2Result.isInvalid())
6310 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
6316 // Try to convert to each composite pointer type.
6317 Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1);
6318 if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
6319 if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform())
6321 return C1.Composite;
6323 Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2);
6325 if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) {
6326 // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or
6327 // neither is viable.
6328 // FIXME: How both be viable and different?
6332 // Convert to the chosen type.
6333 if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform())
6336 return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite;
6339 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
6343 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
6345 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
6349 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
6350 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
6351 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6352 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
6354 bool ReturnsRetained;
6356 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
6358 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
6359 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
6360 QualType T = Callee->getType();
6362 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
6363 // Handle pointer-to-members.
6364 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
6365 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
6366 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
6367 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
6370 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
6371 T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
6372 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
6373 T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
6374 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
6375 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
6377 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
6378 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
6379 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
6381 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
6382 // type always produce a +1 object.
6383 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
6384 ReturnsRetained = true;
6386 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
6387 // we don't want any extra casts here.
6388 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
6389 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
6392 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
6393 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
6394 // cases where we don't have an actual method.
6396 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
6397 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
6398 D = Send->getMethodDecl();
6399 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
6400 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
6401 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
6402 // Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element array
6404 if (ArrayLit->getNumElements() == 0 &&
6405 Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections())
6408 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
6409 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
6410 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
6411 // Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element dictionary
6413 if (DictLit->getNumElements() == 0 &&
6414 Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections())
6417 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
6420 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
6422 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
6423 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
6424 // return an object.
6425 if (!ReturnsRetained &&
6426 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
6430 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
6431 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
6434 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
6436 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
6437 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
6438 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
6442 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6445 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
6446 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
6447 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
6448 const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
6450 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
6452 RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
6454 case Type::ConstantArray:
6455 case Type::IncompleteArray:
6456 case Type::VariableArray:
6457 case Type::DependentSizedArray:
6458 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
6465 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
6466 // not processing a decltype expression.
6467 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
6468 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
6471 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
6472 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype;
6473 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
6476 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
6477 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
6478 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
6480 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
6483 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
6484 if (Destructor->isTrivial())
6487 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
6488 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
6491 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
6492 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
6495 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
6501 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
6502 if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
6505 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
6508 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
6509 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
6511 CleanupVarDeclMarking();
6513 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
6514 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
6515 assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() ||
6516 ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
6517 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
6520 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
6521 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
6523 auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(
6524 Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups);
6525 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
6530 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
6531 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
6533 CleanupVarDeclMarking();
6535 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
6538 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
6539 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
6540 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
6541 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
6542 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = CompoundStmt::Create(
6543 Context, SubStmt, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation());
6544 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
6546 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
6549 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
6550 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
6551 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
6552 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
6553 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
6554 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
6555 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype &&
6556 "not in a decltype expression");
6558 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
6559 if (Result.isInvalid())
6563 // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
6564 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
6565 // -- if the function call is either
6566 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
6567 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
6568 // decltype-specifier,
6569 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
6571 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
6572 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
6573 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
6574 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
6575 if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
6577 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
6579 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
6581 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6582 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
6583 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
6584 if (RHS.isInvalid())
6586 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
6588 return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
6589 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
6590 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getFPFeatures());
6594 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
6595 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
6602 // Disable the special decltype handling now.
6603 ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext =
6604 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other;
6606 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
6607 // decltype expression.
6608 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
6611 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
6612 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
6614 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
6615 if (Call == TopCall)
6618 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
6619 Call->getBeginLoc(), Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
6623 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
6624 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
6625 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
6627 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
6628 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
6629 if (Bind == TopBind)
6632 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
6635 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6636 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
6637 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
6639 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
6640 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
6641 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
6642 << Bind->getType());
6643 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
6646 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
6647 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
6650 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
6654 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
6655 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
6656 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
6657 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
6658 // FIXME: Make this configurable?
6660 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
6661 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
6662 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
6663 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
6666 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
6667 if (I == SkipStart) {
6668 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
6669 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
6673 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
6674 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
6680 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6681 SourceLocation OpLoc,
6682 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6683 ParsedType &ObjectType,
6684 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
6685 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
6686 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
6687 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6688 Base = Result.get();
6690 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
6691 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6692 Base = Result.get();
6694 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
6695 MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
6696 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
6697 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
6698 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
6699 // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
6700 if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
6701 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
6702 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
6704 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6705 MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6709 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
6710 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value
6711 // returned, with the original second operand.
6712 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
6713 QualType StartingType = BaseType;
6714 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
6715 bool FirstIteration = true;
6716 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
6717 // The set of types we've considered so far.
6718 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
6719 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
6720 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
6722 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
6723 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
6724 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
6725 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
6726 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
6727 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
6728 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
6732 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
6734 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
6735 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
6736 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
6737 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
6738 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
6740 : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
6741 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6742 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
6743 if (FirstIteration) {
6744 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
6745 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
6746 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
6747 OpKind = tok::period;
6750 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
6751 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
6752 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
6753 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
6754 Diag(CD->getBeginLoc(),
6755 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
6760 Base = Result.get();
6761 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
6762 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
6763 BaseType = Base->getType();
6764 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
6765 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
6766 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
6767 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
6770 FirstIteration = false;
6773 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
6774 if (BaseType->isPointerType())
6775 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
6776 else if (auto *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(BaseType))
6777 BaseType = AT->getElementType();
6781 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
6782 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
6783 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6784 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
6786 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
6787 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
6788 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
6789 // postfix-expression.
6791 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
6792 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
6793 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and
6794 // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor
6795 // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process,
6796 // so just skip this check for ObjC types.
6797 if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
6798 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6799 MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6803 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
6804 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
6805 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
6806 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
6807 // the member function body.
6808 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
6809 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
6810 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
6813 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
6814 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
6815 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
6816 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
6817 // up in the scope of class C. [...]
6818 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6822 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
6823 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
6824 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6825 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
6826 if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
6827 Base = result.get();
6829 ObjectType = Base->getType();
6831 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6832 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
6833 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
6834 // This scalar type is the object type.
6835 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
6837 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
6838 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6839 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
6840 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
6841 // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it.
6842 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
6843 << ObjectType << true
6844 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
6845 if (S.isSFINAEContext())
6848 OpKind = tok::period;
6855 /// Check if it's ok to try and recover dot pseudo destructor calls on
6856 /// pointer objects.
6858 canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(Sema &SemaRef,
6859 QualType DestructedType) {
6860 // If this is a record type, check if its destructor is callable.
6861 if (auto *RD = DestructedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
6862 if (RD->hasDefinition())
6863 if (CXXDestructorDecl *D = SemaRef.LookupDestructor(RD))
6864 return SemaRef.CanUseDecl(D, /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
6868 // Otherwise, check if it's a type for which it's valid to use a pseudo-dtor.
6869 return DestructedType->isDependentType() || DestructedType->isScalarType() ||
6870 DestructedType->isVectorType();
6873 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
6874 SourceLocation OpLoc,
6875 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6876 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6877 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
6878 SourceLocation CCLoc,
6879 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6880 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
6881 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
6883 QualType ObjectType;
6884 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6887 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
6888 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
6889 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
6890 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
6892 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
6893 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
6898 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6899 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
6900 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
6901 if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
6902 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
6903 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
6904 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
6905 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
6906 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
6907 // Detect dot pseudo destructor calls on pointer objects, e.g.:
6910 if (OpKind == tok::period && ObjectType->isPointerType() &&
6911 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType,
6912 ObjectType->getPointeeType())) {
6914 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
6915 << ObjectType << /*IsArrow=*/0 << Base->getSourceRange();
6917 // Issue a fixit only when the destructor is valid.
6918 if (canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(
6919 *this, DestructedType))
6920 Diagnostic << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
6922 // Recover by setting the object type to the destructed type and the
6923 // operator to '->'.
6924 ObjectType = DestructedType;
6925 OpKind = tok::arrow;
6927 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6928 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6929 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6931 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6932 DestructedType = ObjectType;
6933 DestructedTypeInfo =
6934 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, DestructedTypeStart);
6935 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6937 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
6938 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
6940 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6941 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
6944 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
6945 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6946 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6949 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6950 DestructedType = ObjectType;
6951 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
6952 DestructedTypeStart);
6953 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6958 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6959 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
6962 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
6964 // shall designate the same scalar type.
6965 if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
6966 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
6967 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
6968 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
6970 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
6971 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6972 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
6973 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6975 ScopeType = QualType();
6976 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6981 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
6982 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
6983 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
6992 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6993 SourceLocation OpLoc,
6994 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6996 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
6997 SourceLocation CCLoc,
6998 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6999 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
7000 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
7001 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
7002 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
7003 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
7004 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
7005 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
7007 QualType ObjectType;
7008 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
7011 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
7012 // record types and dependent types matter.
7013 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
7015 if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
7016 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
7017 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
7018 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
7021 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
7022 // type (with source-location information).
7023 QualType DestructedType;
7024 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
7025 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
7026 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
7027 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
7028 SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
7029 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup,
7030 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
7032 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
7033 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
7034 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
7035 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
7036 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
7037 // template instantiation time.
7038 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
7039 SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
7041 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
7042 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
7043 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
7044 if (isSFINAEContext())
7047 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
7048 DestructedType = ObjectType;
7050 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
7052 // Resolve the template-id to a type.
7053 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
7054 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7055 TemplateId->NumArgs);
7056 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(S,
7058 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
7059 TemplateId->Template,
7061 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
7062 TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
7064 TemplateId->RAngleLoc,
7065 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
7066 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
7067 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
7068 DestructedType = ObjectType;
7070 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
7073 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
7075 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
7076 if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
7077 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
7078 SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
7079 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
7082 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
7083 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
7085 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
7086 FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
7087 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
7088 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
7089 FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
7090 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup,
7091 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
7093 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
7094 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
7095 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
7097 if (isSFINAEContext())
7100 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
7101 ScopeType = QualType();
7103 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
7105 // Resolve the template-id to a type.
7106 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
7107 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7108 TemplateId->NumArgs);
7109 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(S,
7111 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
7112 TemplateId->Template,
7114 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
7115 TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
7117 TemplateId->RAngleLoc,
7118 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
7119 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
7120 // Recover by dropping this type.
7121 ScopeType = QualType();
7123 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
7127 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
7128 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
7129 FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
7132 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
7133 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
7137 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7138 SourceLocation OpLoc,
7139 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
7140 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
7141 const DeclSpec& DS) {
7142 QualType ObjectType;
7143 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
7146 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
7150 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
7151 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
7152 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
7153 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
7155 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
7156 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
7160 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
7161 CXXConversionDecl *Method,
7162 bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
7163 // Convert the expression to match the conversion function's implicit object
7165 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
7167 if (Exp.isInvalid())
7170 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
7171 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
7172 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
7173 // was a LambdaExpr.
7175 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
7176 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
7177 SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
7178 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
7179 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
7180 SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
7181 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
7182 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
7183 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
7184 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
7185 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
7187 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
7188 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
7189 ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
7190 ExprResult BlockExp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(
7191 Exp.get()->getExprLoc(), Exp.get()->getExprLoc(), Method, Exp.get());
7192 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7194 if (BlockExp.isInvalid())
7195 Diag(Exp.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
7201 BuildMemberExpr(Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(),
7202 NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), Method,
7203 DeclAccessPair::make(FoundDecl, FoundDecl->getAccess()),
7204 HadMultipleCandidates, DeclarationNameInfo(),
7205 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
7207 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
7208 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
7209 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
7211 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create(
7212 Context, ME, /*Args=*/{}, ResultType, VK, Exp.get()->getEndLoc());
7214 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, CE,
7215 Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()))
7221 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
7222 SourceLocation RParen) {
7223 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
7224 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
7225 // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
7226 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
7230 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
7233 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
7234 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
7235 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
7236 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
7239 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
7240 return new (Context)
7241 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
7244 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
7245 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
7246 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
7249 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
7250 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
7251 // according to [expr]p10:
7252 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
7253 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
7254 // one of the following forms:
7255 E = E->IgnoreParens();
7257 // - id-expression (5.1.1),
7258 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
7261 // - subscripting (5.2.1),
7262 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
7265 // - class member access (5.2.5),
7266 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
7269 // - indirection (5.3.1),
7270 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
7271 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
7274 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7275 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
7276 if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
7279 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
7280 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
7281 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
7284 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
7285 // operands are one of the above, or
7286 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
7287 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
7288 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7289 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
7290 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
7291 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7292 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
7293 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
7294 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
7297 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
7298 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
7304 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
7305 /// context that ignores the result.
7306 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
7307 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
7308 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
7309 if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
7314 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
7315 // array type is converted to the value stored in the
7316 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
7317 if (E->isRValue()) {
7318 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
7319 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
7320 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for
7322 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
7323 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
7328 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7329 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
7330 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
7331 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
7333 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
7334 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
7335 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
7336 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
7337 if (Res.isInvalid())
7343 // If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the
7344 // temporary materialization conversion is applied.
7346 // We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for
7347 // itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is
7349 // FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this.
7350 // FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this?
7354 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
7355 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
7356 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
7357 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
7358 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
7363 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
7364 if (Res.isInvalid())
7368 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
7369 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
7370 diag::err_incomplete_type);
7374 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
7375 // in a constant expression, return true.
7376 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
7377 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
7378 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
7379 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not
7380 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
7381 // never be a constant expression.
7382 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
7383 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
7384 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
7385 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
7386 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
7387 ASTContext &Context) {
7388 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
7389 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
7391 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
7392 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
7394 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
7395 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
7397 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
7399 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
7400 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
7401 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
7402 // initializer is a potential constant expression.
7406 return !Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context);
7409 /// Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
7410 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
7411 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
7412 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any
7413 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
7414 /// need to be captured.
7416 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
7417 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
7419 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
7420 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
7422 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
7423 while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
7424 DC = DC->getParent();
7426 CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC &&
7427 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
7430 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
7432 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
7433 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
7434 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
7435 CurrentLSI->visitPotentialCaptures([&] (VarDecl *Var, Expr *VarExpr) {
7436 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
7437 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
7438 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
7440 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
7442 // const int x = 10;
7443 // auto L = [=](auto a) {
7447 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
7448 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
7451 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
7452 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
7453 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
7454 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
7455 S.FunctionScopes, Var, S))
7456 S.MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(),
7458 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
7459 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
7460 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
7461 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
7462 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
7463 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
7464 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
7465 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this
7466 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
7467 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
7468 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
7469 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
7470 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
7471 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
7472 DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
7473 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
7474 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
7475 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
7476 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
7477 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
7478 DeclRefType, nullptr);
7483 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
7484 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
7485 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
7486 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
7487 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
7488 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
7489 S.FunctionScopes, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
7490 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
7491 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
7492 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
7493 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
7497 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
7498 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
7501 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
7502 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
7503 const TypoCorrection &TC) {
7504 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
7505 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
7506 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
7509 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
7510 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
7511 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
7512 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
7515 if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) {
7516 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
7518 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
7519 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
7520 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
7521 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
7522 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
7525 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
7527 R.setNamingClass(Record);
7529 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
7531 bool MightBeImplicitMember;
7532 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
7533 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
7534 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
7535 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
7536 else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
7537 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
7538 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
7539 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
7541 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
7542 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
7543 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
7545 if (MightBeImplicitMember)
7546 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
7547 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
7548 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
7549 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
7550 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
7551 Ivar->getIdentifier());
7555 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
7556 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
7560 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
7561 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
7564 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
7565 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
7566 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
7567 TypoExprs.insert(TE);
7572 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
7573 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
7575 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
7576 // process of being initialized.
7577 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
7578 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
7579 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
7580 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
7582 /// Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
7583 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
7584 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
7585 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
7586 void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
7587 for (TypoExpr *TE : TypoExprs) {
7588 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
7589 if (State.DiagHandler) {
7590 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
7591 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];
7593 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
7594 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
7595 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
7596 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
7597 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
7598 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
7599 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
7600 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
7602 State.DiagHandler(TC);
7604 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
7608 /// If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
7609 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
7610 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
7611 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
7612 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
7613 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
7614 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
7615 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
7617 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
7618 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
7619 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
7620 TransformCache.erase(TE);
7621 if (!State.Consumer->finished())
7623 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
7628 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
7629 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
7630 E = OverloadResolution[OE];
7634 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
7635 return DRE->getFoundDecl();
7636 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
7637 return ME->getFoundDecl();
7638 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
7639 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
7640 // contain multiple decls.
7644 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
7645 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
7646 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
7647 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
7650 return ExprFilter(Res.get());
7654 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
7655 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
7657 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7659 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7660 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
7661 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
7662 RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
7663 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
7664 if (Result.isUsable()) {
7665 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
7666 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
7667 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
7668 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
7669 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
7675 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
7677 ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
7679 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
7682 Res = TryTransform(E);
7684 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
7685 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
7686 if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
7687 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
7691 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
7692 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
7693 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
7694 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
7695 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when
7696 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will
7697 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction
7698 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected.
7699 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
7700 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
7701 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
7702 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
7703 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
7704 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
7705 TransformCache.erase(TE);
7706 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
7707 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
7708 TransformCache.erase(TE);
7712 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
7713 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
7714 TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
7716 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false;
7718 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
7719 if (!Res.isUsable())
7720 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
7722 EmitAllDiagnostics();
7727 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
7728 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
7729 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
7730 // first one that was encountered.
7731 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
7732 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
7736 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
7737 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
7739 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
7740 // typo correction and return it.
7741 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
7742 if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl)
7744 // FIXME: If we would typo-correct to an invalid declaration, it's
7745 // probably best to just suppress all errors from this typo correction.
7746 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
7747 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
7748 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
7749 if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
7750 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
7751 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
7752 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
7753 TypoCorrection Next;
7754 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
7755 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
7756 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
7758 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
7760 assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
7761 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
7762 return CacheEntry = NE;
7765 return CacheEntry = ExprError();
7771 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
7772 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
7773 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
7774 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
7775 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
7776 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
7777 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
7778 E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
7779 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
7780 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
7781 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
7782 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
7783 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
7786 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
7791 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
7792 bool DiscardedValue,
7794 ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
7796 if (!FullExpr.get())
7799 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
7802 if (DiscardedValue) {
7803 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
7804 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
7805 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
7806 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
7807 if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7811 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
7812 if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7815 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
7816 if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7819 DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(FullExpr.get());
7822 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
7823 if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7826 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
7828 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
7829 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
7830 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
7831 // Consider the following code:
7832 // void f(int, int);
7833 // void f(const int&, double);
7835 // const int x = 10, y = 20;
7836 // auto L = [=](auto a) {
7837 // auto M = [=](auto b) {
7838 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
7839 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
7844 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
7845 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
7848 // auto L = [&](auto a) {
7849 // +n + ({ 0; a; });
7853 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
7854 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
7855 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
7856 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
7858 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI =
7859 getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true);
7860 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
7861 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
7862 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
7863 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
7864 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
7865 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
7866 // PR, a proper fix would entail :
7867 // "Alternative suggestion:
7868 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
7869 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
7870 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
7871 // constructor/destructor.
7872 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
7873 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
7874 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
7875 while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
7876 DC = DC->getParent();
7877 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC);
7878 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
7879 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
7880 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
7882 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
7885 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
7886 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
7888 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
7891 Sema::IfExistsResult
7892 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
7894 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
7895 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
7897 return IER_DoesNotExist;
7899 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
7900 if (TargetName.isDependentName())
7901 return IER_Dependent;
7903 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
7904 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
7905 Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
7906 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
7907 R.suppressDiagnostics();
7909 switch (R.getResultKind()) {
7910 case LookupResult::Found:
7911 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
7912 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
7913 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
7916 case LookupResult::NotFound:
7917 return IER_DoesNotExist;
7919 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
7920 return IER_Dependent;
7923 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
7926 Sema::IfExistsResult
7927 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
7928 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7929 UnqualifiedId &Name) {
7930 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
7932 // Check for an unexpanded parameter pack.
7933 auto UPPC = IsIfExists ? UPPC_IfExists : UPPC_IfNotExists;
7934 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SS, UPPC) ||
7935 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TargetNameInfo, UPPC))
7938 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);